Quarterlytics / Industrials / Manufacturing - Textiles / Interface

Interface

ifsia · NASDAQ Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker ifsia
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Industrials
Industry Manufacturing - Textiles
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Interface
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
AND HELP RESTORE THE HEALTH OF THE WORLD

2
0
2
0

A
n
n
u
a

l

R
e
p
o
r
t

2

0

2

0

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

1280 West Peachtree Street NW

Atlanta, GA 30309

interface.com

EMBODIED BEAUTY ™ COLLECTION

 
 
 
 
Dear Fellow Shareowners,

As I reflect on 2020 and l think about 2021, two words come to 
mind for Interface: resilience and optimism. We went into 2020 
prepared for growth, and despite the unimaginable challenges 
for all, we remained committed to our growth strategy and our 
purpose to Lead Industry to Love the World. I am proud and 
grateful for how our Interface team adapted. With their ingenuity, 
innovation, and connectivity with our customers, Interface is well 
positioned to win as global markets begin to rebound. 
We took swift action to protect our people’s health and safety in 
response to the pandemic. We moved our office-based workforce 
to remote work, with new tools for virtual collaboration. We 
implemented stringent protocols to protect our manufacturing 
teams, and kept production going to serve our customers. Our 
sales teams adapted, hosting virtual customer meetings. And, 
our product innovation team delivered the industry’s first carbon 
negative carpet tile products, when measured cradle-to-gate, as 
well as new collections across a broad range of price points to 
meet our evolving customer needs. 
In the second quarter of 2020, we made the difficult decision 
to align staffing levels and our cost structure with our revised 
revenue projections for the year. We reduced our annualized 
run-rate for SG&A expenses by $80 million compared to 2019 
levels, most of which will not return to our P&L in 2021. These 
changes protected our margins and cash flow even during 2020’s 
COVID-19 environment. While we had to reduce headcount in 
some areas, we kept our selling organization largely intact because 
they are a critical part of our unique value proposition. Finally, in the 
fourth quarter of 2020, we strengthened our capital structure and 
created future operating flexibility by completing a $300 million 
bond deal. These combined steps kept us on solid footing, and we 
will continue to right size the company based on market demand. 

Sustainability Momentum
Building on our Backings of the Future investment, we launched 
our first cradle-to-gate carbon negative carpet tiles in October 
2020 in the Americas, and have expanded our offerings to EAAA 
in 2021. This is truly a differentiated innovation earning us a 
U.S. patent, which further cements our competitive advantage in 
the marketplace. We continue to receive global recognition for 
our sustainability initiatives, earning the United Nations Climate 
Action Now Award, and being named one of Fast Company’s Most 
Innovative Companies. 
The built environment is responsible for nearly 40% of global 
carbon emissions, and many of our global end user customers 
have declared time-bound goals to reduce carbon emissions 
across their enterprises to address this critical problem. We already 
see increasing requests for our carbon neutral and cradle-to-gate 
carbon negative products, and Interface is positioned to capitalize 
on expanding environmental initiatives. These efforts are good for 
Interface, good for our customers, and good for the planet. 

Diversity, Equity and Inclusion (DEI)
Events in 2020 prompted a renewed and intentional focus 
on social justice. We established a global diversity, equity, and 
inclusion task force to develop our long-term strategy. We are 
seeking input from our employees to identify specific areas of 
opportunity, while engaging in dialogue and making sure that 
underrepresented voices are being heard. Our goal is to create a 
more diverse and inclusive company where every employee feels 
they belong and that they can thrive. 

The Office of the Future
The pandemic has changed office-based work, and most 
employees expect to split their time between the office and remote 

working environments in 2021 and after. We believe in the value of 
in-person connection and its influence on culture and innovation. 
The office’s purpose and configuration may change in favor of 
open, collaborative spaces intended to bring people together. 
We’re working with our clients as they reconfigure their spaces 
and we believe office demand could strengthen in the second half 
of 2021. We already see a return to the office in some countries 
across Asia and Europe, and as COVID-19 vaccines become more 
widely available, we believe this trend will follow in the Americas. 

A Look Ahead
Heading into 2021, we remain focused on our growth strategy and 
continue to make disciplined investments in initiatives to grow our 
top line: 
• Carpet tile growth: 
Building on the increasing demand for low carbon building 
products, we’re working with customers to make carbon 
specifiable. 
Through our backing innovations, we’re expanding our market 
opportunity for customers that prefer these new bio-based, non-
PVC and non-bitumen backings. 
We’re continuing to convert traditional broadloom customers to 
modular solutions in key markets globally. 
We’re also expanding our dealer discretionary business to 
efficiently deliver our products through this channel. We also see 
continued growth opportunities through our Services business in 
the Americas. 
Finally, we’re investing in our FLOR catalog and online strategy to 
drive growth in residential. 
• Resilient growth: 
We continue to expand our resilient flooring portfolio and 
anticipate growth of our LVT and rubber flooring market share.  

2020 turned out differently than anyone would have expected. I 
am humbled to have worked through its challenges with a talented 
team and grateful to the organization for embracing me upon my 
return to the business. Our senior leadership team stepped up 
to meet our business’s needs while supporting our employees, 
and our frontline manufacturing team members served as the 
true heroes of the pandemic, providing stability and reliability in 
uncertain times. I’m also grateful to the diverse expertise and 
support of our Board of Directors; they are pushing and inspiring 
Interface to make progress in every facet of our business. 
As we move through 2021, carbon negative products are a point 
of differentiation for us and I am optimistic about the return to the 
office with the continued rollout of vaccines. We have the right 
combination of a strong global culture, beautiful and innovative 
products, and leadership to help us win in the marketplace, and the 
ability to come out of the pandemic even stronger than before it 
started. I’m excited to see what the future holds for Interface.
As always, thank you for your continued support, trust, and 
investment in Interface. 

Daniel T. Hendrix

Board of Directors

Daniel T. Hendrix

Chairman of the Board and 

Chief Executive Officer

Interface, Inc.

John P. Burke

Chief Executive Officer

Trek Bicycle Corporation

Dwight Gibson

Chief Commercial Officer

SPX FLOW, Inc.

Christopher G. Kennedy

Chairman

Joseph P. Kennedy Enterprises, Inc.

Joseph Keough

Wood Partners

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 

Catherine M. Kilbane

Retired Senior Vice President  

and General Counsel

The Sherwin-Williams Company

K. David Kohler

Kohler Co.

President and Chief Executive Officer

Sheryl D. Palmer

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Taylor Morrison Home Corporation

Lead Independent Director

Executive Committee Member

Audit Committee Member

Compensation Committee Member

Nominating & Governance Committee Member

Executive Officers

Daniel T. Hendrix

President and  

Chief Executive Officer

David B. Foshee

Vice President, General Counsel  

and Secretary

Bruce A. Hausmann

Vice President and  

Chief Financial Officer

James Poppens

Vice President

(President - Americas)

Nigel W. Stansfield

Vice President

(President – Europe, Africa, Asia and Australia)

Shareholder Information

Form 10-K

A copy of the Company’s Annual Report on 

462 S. 4th Street, Suite 1600

Form 10-K, filed each year with the Securities 

Louisville, KY 40202

and Exchange Commission, may be obtained 

by shareholders without charge by writing to:

1.800.254.5196 (U.S. & Canada)

1.781.575.2879 (Foreign)

Mr. Bruce A. Hausmann

Chief Financial Officer

Interface, Inc.

1280 West Peachtree Street NW

Atlanta, Georgia 30309

Annual Meeting:

The annual meeting of shareholders will  

be at 11:00 am EDT on May 17, 2021 at:

Interface, Inc.

1280 West Peachtree Street NW

Atlanta, Georgia 30309

Transfer Agent and Dividend

Disbursing Agent:

Computershare

462 S. 4th Street, Suite 1600

Louisville, KY 40202

1.800.254.5196 (U.S. & Canada)

1.781.575.2879 (Foreign)

Number of shareholders of record

at March 19, 2021: 630 

Change of Address:

Please direct all changes of address  

or inquiries as to how your account  

is listed to:

Computershare

Independent Registered

Public Accounting Firm:

BDO USA, LLP

Atlanta, Georgia

Principal Legal Counsel:

Kilpatrick Townsend & Stockton LLP

Atlanta, Georgia

Corporate Address:

Interface, Inc.

1280 West Peachtree Street NW

Atlanta, Georgia 30309

tel 770.437.6800

fax 770.319.6270

interface.com

Ticker Symbol:

TILE (Nasdaq)

Forward-Looking Statements:

This report contains statements which may constitute “forward-looking statements” under applicable securities laws, including statements regarding  

the intent, belief, or current expectations of Interface, Inc. (the “Company”) and members of its management team, as well as assumptions on which  

such statements are based. Any such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks and uncertainties, and 

actual results may differ materially from those contemplated by such forward-looking statements. Important factors currently known to management  

that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in forward-looking statements are set forth in Item 1A (“Risk Factors”) of the Company’s  

Annual Report on Form  10-K for the fiscal year ended January 3, 2021, and are hereby incorporated by reference. The Company undertakes no  

obligation  to  update  or  revise  forward-looking  statements  to  reflect  changed  assumptions,  the  occurrence  of  unanticipated  events  or  changes  to  

future operating results over time.

Interface® and nora® are registered trademarks of Interface, Inc. and its subsidiaries. Climate Take Back™ , Carbon Neutral Floors™ and Embodied Beauty™ 

are trademarks of Interface, Inc. and its subsidiaries. All rights are reserved.

 
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
_______________ 

Form 10-K  

 ☑ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the Fiscal Year Ended January 3, 2021  

 ☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

Commission File No.: 001-33994  

INTERFACE INC 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Georgia 

(State of incorporation) 

58-1451243 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

1280 West Peachtree Street 

Atlanta 

Georgia 

(Address of principal executive offices) 

30309 

(zip code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:           (770) 437-6800            
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  

Title of Each Class 
Common Stock, $0.10 Par Value Per Share 

Trading Symbol(s) 
TILE 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered: 
Nasdaq Global Select Market 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:              None              

Yes  No  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  

Yes  No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during 
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for 
the past 90 days. Yes  No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Date File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation 
S-T  (§232.405  of  this  chapter)  during  the  preceding  12  months  (or  for  such  shorter  period  that  the  registrant  was  required  to  submit  and  post  such  files).  
Yes  No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the 
definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer,”  “smaller  reporting  company”  and  “emerging  growth  company”  in  Rule  12b-2  of  the  Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934. 

Large accelerated filer  Accelerated filer   Non-accelerated filer   Smaller reporting company ☐  Emerging growth company ☐  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or 
revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over 
financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit 
report.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No  

Aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of July 2, 2020: $438,070,155 (57,716,753 shares valued at 
the closing sale price of $7.59 on July 2, 2020). See Item 12. 

 Number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of Common Stock, as of February 18, 2021: 

Class 

Common Stock, $0.10 par value per share 

Number of Shares 

58,641,920 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III. 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
   
    
    
    
 
   
 
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS  

PART I .............................................................................................................................................................................  
ITEM 1. BUSINESS .................................................................................................................................................  
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS .....................................................................................................................................  
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS ...................................................................................................  
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES .............................................................................................................................................  
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS ...........................................................................................................................  
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES ..............................................................................................................  
PART II ...........................................................................................................................................................................  

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER 

MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES ...............................................................  
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA ..............................................................................................................  
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS ..............................................................................................................................  
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK ........................  
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA ...........................................................  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS ..........................................................................................  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME ................................................................  
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS .................................................................................................................  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS .........................................................................................  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ...............................................................................  
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ...................................................  
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ...................................................  
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE ................................................................................................................................  
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES ........................................................................................................  
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION .......................................................................................................................  
PART III ..........................................................................................................................................................................  
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE ..................................  
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION ............................................................................................................  
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 

Page 
1 
1 
9 
17 
18 
18 
18 
19 

19 
21 

22 
36 
38 
38 
39 
40 
41 
42 
90 
92 

93 
93 
93 
93 
93 
93 

RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS ...........................................................................................................  

94 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR 

INDEPENDENCE .................................................................................................................................................  
94 
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES ..........................................................................  
94 
PART IV ..........................................................................................................................................................................  
94 
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES ................................................................  
94 
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY ........................................................................................................................  
98 
SIGNATURES .................................................................................................................................................................   100 

   
    
 
 
ITEM 1. BUSINESS 

General 

PART I 

References in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to “Interface,” “the Company,” “we,” “our,” “ours” and “us” refer to 

Interface, Inc. and its subsidiaries or any of them, unless the context requires otherwise. 

Interface is a global flooring company specializing in carpet tile and resilient flooring, including luxury vinyl tile (“LVT”) 

and rubber flooring. 

We are a worldwide leader in design, production and sales of modular carpet, also known as carpet tile. As a global company 
with a reputation for high quality, reliability and premium positioning, we market modular carpet under the established brand 
names Interface® and FLOR®, and we market LVT under the brand Interface®. On August 7, 2018, the Company acquired nora 
Holding GmbH (“nora”), a worldwide leader in the rubber flooring category under the established nora brands norament® and 
noraplan®. 

Market Segmentation 

Our business, as well as the commercial interiors industry in general, is cyclical in nature and is impacted by economic 
conditions  and  trends  that  affect  the  markets  for  commercial  and  institutional  business  space.  We  believe  the  appeal  and 
utilization of modular carpet and resilient flooring will continue to grow in corporate office and non-corporate office market 
segments, and we are using our considerable skills and experience with designing, producing and marketing modular products 
that make us a market leader in the corporate office segment to support and facilitate our penetration into more non-corporate 
office market segments around the world. The nora acquisition continues to advance the Company’s growth strategy to expand 
into new market segments, particularly in the healthcare, life sciences and education market segments. 

 In  2020,  the  COVID-19  pandemic  impacted  areas  where  we  operate  and  sell  our  products  and  services.  Government 
restrictions and shutdowns around the world resulted in lower corporate reinvestment and impacted sales in the corporate office 
market segment. To mitigate the effects of COVID-19 on our business, we capitalized on our ongoing market diversification 
strategy to increase our presence and market penetration for modular carpet and resilient flooring sales in non-corporate office 
market segments. As a result, our sales mix of corporate office versus non-corporate office market segments in the Americas and 
on a company-wide basis shifted more towards non-corporate office markets compared to prior years.  

Below is a summary of our sales mix between corporate office and non-corporate office market segments for the last three 

fiscal years: 

2020 

2019 

Non-Corporate 
Office 

  Corporate 

Office 

Non-Corporate 
Office 

  Corporate 

Office 

63  %   

53  %   

47  % 

61  % 

53  %   

39  %   

2018 

Non-Corporate 
Office 

45  % 

60  % 

55  % 

40  % 

Corporate 
Office 

Americas ..............  

Company-wide .....  

37  % 

47  % 

Geographic Markets 

We operate and sell our modular carpet and resilient flooring products and services in three principal geographic markets, 
the Americas, Europe and Asia-Pacific, where the percentages of our total net sales were approximately 54%, 32% and 14%, 
respectively, for fiscal year 2020. The percentages of our total net sales for Americas, Europe and Asia-Pacific in 2019 were 
57%, 29% and 14%, respectively, and for 2018 those percentages were 58%, 27% and 15%, respectively.  

1 

 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
      
 
  
 
      
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Products and Services  

Modular Carpet 

We produce carpet tiles in a wide variety of colors, patterns, textures, pile heights and densities. These varieties are designed 
to meet both the practical and aesthetic needs of a broad spectrum of commercial interiors — particularly offices, healthcare 
facilities, airports, educational and other institutions, hospitality spaces, and retail facilities — and residential interiors. Our carpet 
tile systems permit distinctive styling and patterning that can be used to complement interior designs, to set off areas for particular 
purposes, create visual cues, and to convey graphic information. While we continue to manufacture and sell a substantial portion 
of our carpet tile in standard styles, most of our modular carpet sales in the Americas and Asia-Pacific are made-to-order products 
designed to meet customer specifications. 

Our modular carpet systems are marketed under the established brands Interface and FLOR. We manufacture carpet tiles cut 
in precise, dimensionally stable squares (usually 50 cm x 50 cm) or rectangles (such as planks and Skinny Planks) to produce a 
floorcovering that combines the appearance and texture of traditional soft floorcovering with the advantages of a modular carpet 
system.  Our  GlasBac®  technology  employs  a  fiberglass-reinforced  polymeric  composite  backing  that  provides  dimensional 
stability and reduces the need for adhesives or fasteners. We also make carpet tiles with a backing containing post-industrial 
and/or post-consumer recycled materials, which we market under the GlasBacRE brand. In addition, we make carpet tile with 
yarn containing varying degrees of post-consumer nylon, depending on the style and color. 

In 2020, we introduced the next generation of our carpet tile backings called CQuest™ backings. Guided by materials science 
and inspired by nature’s carbon-storing abilities, we added new bio-based materials and more recycled content to our backings. 
The materials in the CQuest backings, when measured on a stand-alone basis, are net carbon negative — meaning that their 
global warming potential emissions are net negative. The new CQuest backings are:  

•       CQuest™GB - The next evolution of our GlasBac backing. It features the same superior performance with a construction 
of post-consumer recycled content from carpet tiles, bio-based additives, and pre-consumer recycled materials.  

•      CQuest™Bio - A non-vinyl bio-composite backing made with bio-based and recycled fillers. 
•      CQuest™BioX - The same material make-up as CQuestBio with a higher concentration of carbon negative materials.  

Our i2™ modular product line, which includes our popular Entropy® product features mergeable dye lots, and includes a 
number of carpet tile products that are designed to be installed randomly without reference to the orientation of neighboring tiles. 
The i2 line offers cost-efficient installation and maintenance, interactive flexibility, and recycled and recyclable materials. Our 
TacTiles® carpet tile installation system uses small squares of adhesive plastic film to connect intersecting carpet tiles, thus 
eliminating the need for traditional carpet adhesive and resulting in a reduction in installation time and material waste. 

We also produce and sell a specially adapted version of our carpet tile for the healthcare facilities market. Our carpet tile 
possesses  characteristics —  such  as  the  use  of  the  Intersept®  antimicrobial,  static-controlling  nylon  yarns,  and  thermally 
pigmented, colorfast yarns — which make it suitable for use in these facilities in place of hard surface flooring. Moreover, we 
launched our FLOR line of products to specifically target modular carpet sales to the residential market segment, and in recent 
years FLOR products have had crossover success in commercial markets. In addition, we have created modular carpet products 
specifically designed for each of the education, hospitality and retail market segments. 

The award-winning design firm David Oakey Designs has had a pivotal role in developing many of our innovative product 
designs. David Oakey Designs has developed products that are manufactured using state-of-the-art tufting technology which 
allows us to pinpoint tufts of different colored yarns in virtually any arrangement within a carpet tile. These unique designs are 
best  exemplified  by  our  Urban  Retreat®,  Net  Effect®,  Human  Nature®  and  World  Woven®  collections,  which  are  sold 
throughout our international operations. 

In 2020, we achieved a substantial milestone in our journey toward becoming a sustainable enterprise. Simultaneously with 
the launch of our new CQuest backings described above, we introduced in the Americas our first ever “cradle-to-gate” carbon 
negative  carpet  tile  products  in  three  unique  styles:  Shishu  Stitch™,  Tokyo  Texture™,  and  Zen  Stitch™.  These  pioneering 
products, which are part of our Embodied Beauty™ collection, are created with a combination of our new CQuestBioX carpet 
backing (featuring new bio-based materials and more recycled content), specialty yarns and tufting processes that create a carpet 
tile with a net negative value of “embodied carbon”. Embodied carbon is the carbon footprint (meaning the global warming 
potential of emissions of greenhouse gases measured in carbon dioxide equivalents) of a product from raw material creation, 
growth and extraction (the “cradle”) through processing until it is packaged and ready to be shipped from our factory (the “gate”), 

2 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
thus referred to as “cradle-to-gate” in the life cycle assessment of a product. Embodied carbon is distinct from operational carbon, 
which refers to the carbon footprint of everything that happens after the product leaves our factory, such as shipment, customer 
use, and end of life. 

In addition, through our third party verified Carbon Neutral Floors™ program, all of our carpet tile, LVT and norament and 
noraplan rubber flooring products are made carbon neutral across their entire life cycle, including both embodied carbon and 
operational carbon, by our purchase and retirement of third party verified carbon offsets. 

We believe our cradle-to-gate carbon negative carpet tile products and our Carbon Neutral Floors program provide us with 
a competitive advantage, particularly with our global account customers who are increasingly setting their own goals to reduce 
their carbon footprints. 

Modular Resilient Flooring 

In 2016, we began offering a category of products we call modular resilient flooring, and our first product introductions into 
this category were LVT products in the U.S. LVT shares many of the same attributes and benefits as carpet tile. In 2017, we 
launched our LVT products globally, beginning with the Level Set™ Collection which is available in styles with printed top 
layers in a variety of aesthetic looks, including natural woodgrains and stones, textured woodgrains, and patterns. These LVT 
products are modular and come in sizes that match certain of our modular carpet tile planks and squares. Some of them are 
engineered to the same or similar height as our modular carpet, which means our customers have the ability to install our LVT 
and modular carpet products side by side without transition strips or layering. In addition, some of our LVT products include a 
backing system that provides acoustic insulation without the need for additional underlayment, which can reduce the impact of 
sound within a space.  

Rubber Flooring 

With  the  acquisition  of  nora  in  2018,  we  began  offering  rubber  flooring  products  under  the  established  noraplan  and 
norament  brands  which  enhances  the  Company’s  fast-growing  resilient  flooring  portfolio.  Rubber  flooring  is  ideal  for 
applications that require hygienic, safe flooring with strong chemical resistance. Rubber flooring is extremely durable compared 
to other flooring alternatives. 

Other Products and Services 

We sell a proprietary antimicrobial chemical compound under the registered trademark Intersept that we incorporate in some 
of  our  modular  carpet  products.  We  also  sell  our  TacTiles  carpet  tile  installation  system,  along  with  a  variety  of  traditional 
adhesives and products for carpet installation and maintenance that are manufactured by a third party. We also continue to provide 
“turnkey”  project  management  services  for  a  number  of  global  accounts  and  other  large  customers  through  our 
InterfaceSERVICES™ business.   

Manufacturing and Raw Materials 

We manufacture carpet tile at two locations in the United States and at facilities in the Netherlands, the United Kingdom, 

Thailand, China and Australia. We manufacture rubber flooring in Germany. 

Our raw materials are generally available from multiple sources — both regionally and globally — with the exception of 
synthetic  fiber  (nylon  yarn).  For  yarn,  we  principally  rely  upon  two  major  global  suppliers,  but  we  also  have  significant 
relationships  with  at  least  two  other  suppliers.  Although  our  number  of  principal  yarn  suppliers  is  limited,  we  do  have  the 
capability to manufacture carpet using face fiber produced from two separate polymer feedstocks — nylon 6 and nylon 6,6 — 
which provides additional flexibility with respect to yarn supply inputs, if needed.  Our global sourcing strategy, including with 
respect to our principal yarn suppliers and dual polymer manufacturing capability, allows us to help guard against any potential 
shortages of raw materials or raw material suppliers in a specific polymer supply chain. For rubber flooring, the key polymer raw 
materials  are  available  from  multiple  sources  and  we  can  source  both  synthetic  and  natural  rubber  depending  on  product 
specification and material availability. 

We have a flexible-inputs carpet backing line, which we call Cool Blue™, at our modular carpet manufacturing facility in 
LaGrange, Georgia. This custom-designed backing line dramatically improves our ability to keep reclaimed and waste carpet in 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
the  production  “technical  loop,”  and  further  permits  us  to  explore  other  plastics  and  polymers  as  inputs.  For  example,  our 
knowledge and experience with the Cool Blue line helped us in the development of our new CQuest backings described above. 
We also have technology that more cleanly separates the face fiber and backing of reclaimed and waste carpet, thus making it 
easier to recycle some of its components and providing a purer supply of inputs for the Cool Blue process. This technology, 
which is part of our ReEntry®2.0 carpet reclamation program, allows us to send some of the reclaimed face fiber back to our 
fiber supplier to be blended with virgin or other post-industrial materials and extruded into new fiber. 

The environmental management systems of our floorcovering manufacturing facilities in LaGrange, Georgia, West Point, 
Georgia,  Northern  Ireland,  the  Netherlands,  Thailand,  China  and  Australia  are  certified  under  International  Standards 
Organization (ISO) Standard No. 14001. Nora’s manufacturing facility, which is located in Weinheim, Germany, is ISO14001 
certified as well and sells the majority of its products with the Blauer Engel label. Blauer Engel is the leading German institute 
that recognizes products that have environmentally friendly aspects. 

Sales and Marketing 

We  distribute  our  products  through  two  primary  channels:  (1)  direct  sales  to  end  users;  and  (2)  indirect  sales  through 
independent  contractors,  installers  and  distributors.   We  have  traditionally  focused  our  carpet  marketing  strategy  on  major 
accounts, seeking to build lasting relationships with national and multinational end-users, and on architects, interior designers, 
engineers,  contracting  firms,  and  other  specifiers  who  often  make  or  significantly  influence  purchasing  decisions.  While  the 
corporate office market segment, including new construction and renovation, is our largest, we also emphasize sales in other 
market segments, including retail space, government institutions, schools and educational facilities, healthcare facilities, tenant 
improvement space, hospitality centers, residences and home office space. Our marketing efforts are enhanced by the established 
and well-known brand names of our carpet products, including Interface and FLOR, as well as the strength of the nora rubber 
flooring brands of noraplan and norament.   

An important part of our marketing and sales efforts involves the preparation of custom-made samples of requested carpet 
designs, in conjunction with the development of innovative product designs and styles to meet the customer’s particular needs. 
In  most  cases,  we  can  produce  samples  to  customer  specifications  in  less  than  five  days,  which  significantly  enhances  our 
marketing and sales efforts and has increased our volume of higher margin made-to-order or custom sales. In addition, through 
our websites, we have made it easy to view and request samples of our products. We also use technology which allows us to 
provide digital, simulated samples of our products, which helps reduce raw material and energy consumption associated with our 
samples. 

We primarily use our internal marketing and sales force teams to market our flooring products. In order to implement our 
global marketing efforts, we have product showrooms or design studios in the United States, Canada, Mexico, England, France, 
Germany, Spain, the Netherlands, India, Australia, Norway, United Arab Emirates, Russia, Singapore, Hong Kong, Thailand, 
China and elsewhere. We may open offices in other locations around the world as necessary to capitalize on emerging marketing 
opportunities. 

Business Strategy and Principal Initiatives 

Our business strategy is to continue to use our leading position in modular carpet, product design and global made-to-order 
capabilities as a platform from which to position our modular carpet, LVT products and rubber flooring products across several 
industry segments.  

We will seek to increase revenues and profitability by pursuing the following key initiatives: 

Continue to Penetrate Non-Corporate Office Market Segments. We plan to continue our strategic focus on product design 
and marketing and sales efforts for non-corporate office market segments such as government, education, healthcare, hospitality, 
and residential living. We began this initiative as part of a market diversification strategy to reduce our exposure to the economic 
cyclicality  of  the  corporate  office  segment,  and  it  has  become  a  principal  strategy  generally  for  growing  our  business  and 
enhancing profitability.   

Develop a Substantial Resilient Flooring Business. Building upon the success of our products into the high growth LVT 
market, we plan to expand our LVT product offerings while also seeking to introduce new products in the resilient flooring 
category. We believe our ability to offer and sell our soft and hard surfaces in an integrated flooring design helps meet the needs 
of our customers by complementing and enhancing our carpet tile portfolio with true modular installation, no transition strips 

4 

  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
between  surfaces,  carpet  tile  and  resilient  products  that  are  in  some  cases  the  same  size  and  shape,  and  favorable  acoustic 
properties. Our acquisition of nora, with its rubber flooring products, is also a key component of our strategy in this area. 

Sustain Leadership in Product Design and Development. Our CQuest backings and our plank, Skinny Plank, and i2 products 
and  TacTiles  installation  system  have  confirmed  our  position  as  an  innovation  leader  in  modular  carpet.  We  will  continue 
initiatives  to  sustain,  augment  and  capitalize  upon  that  strength  to  continue  to  increase  our  market  share  in  targeted  market 
segments. Our Climate Take Back initiative, which was advanced in 2020 with the launch of our first ever cradle-to-gate carbon 
negative carpet tile, and our Mission Zero initiative promote our sustainability commitment. 

Seasonality 

Historically, sales in our first quarter had typically been our lowest quarter while our fourth quarter sales had typically been 
our best quarter, as sales generally increased throughout the course of the fiscal year.  However, in recent years, as our sales 
efforts and results in the education and other non-corporate office market segments have increased, our second and third quarter 
sales have sometimes been the highest. In 2020, our first quarter sales were the highest quarter, as the COVID-19 pandemic 
escalated and more severely impacted the remainder of the year. 

Competition 

We compete, on a global basis, in the sale of our modular carpet products with other carpet manufacturers and manufacturers 
of  vinyl  and  other  types  of  floorcoverings,  including  broadloom  carpet.  Although  the  industry  has  experienced  significant 
consolidation, a large number of manufacturers remain in the industry. We believe we are the largest manufacturer of modular 
carpet in the world. However, a number of domestic and foreign competitors manufacture modular carpet as one segment of their 
business, and some of these competitors have financial resources greater than ours. In addition, some of the competing carpet 
manufacturers have the ability to extrude at least some of their requirements for fiber used in carpet products, which decreases 
their dependence on third party suppliers of fiber. 

We believe the principal competitive factors in our primary floorcovering markets are brand recognition, quality, design, 
service, broad product lines, product performance, marketing strategy, pricing and sustainability. In the corporate office market 
segment, modular carpet competes with various floorcoverings including broadloom carpet, LVT and polished concrete. We 
believe the quality, service, design, better and longer average product performance, flexibility (design options, selective rotation 
or replacement, use in combination with our resilient products), sustainability and convenience of our modular carpet are our 
principal competitive advantages. 

We believe we have competitive advantages in several other areas as well. First, having both an internal design staff as well 
as our relationship with David Oakey Designs allows us to introduce numerous innovative and attractive carpet tile and resilient 
products  to  our  customers.  Additionally,  we  believe  that  our  global  carpet  tile  manufacturing  capabilities  are  an  important 
competitive  advantage  in  serving  the  needs  of  multinational  corporate  customers.  We  believe  that  the  incorporation  of  the 
Intersept  antimicrobial  chemical  agent  into  the  backing  of  some  modular  carpet  products  enhances  our  ability  to  compete 
successfully across all of our market segments. 

Our  sustainability  goals  are  a  brand-enhancing,  competitive  strength  as  well  as  a  strategic  initiative.  Our  customers  are 
increasingly concerned about the environmental and broader ecological implications of their operations and the products they 
use  in  them.  Our  leadership,  knowledge  and  expertise  in  the  area,  especially  in  the  “green  building”  movement  and  related 
environmental certification programs, resonate deeply with many of our customers and prospects around the globe. Our modular 
carpet products historically have had inherent installation and maintenance advantages that have translated into greater efficiency 
and waste reduction. We are using raw materials and production technologies, such as our Cool Blue backing line, our ReEntry 
2.0  reclaimed  carpet  separation  process,  and  our  new  CQuest™  backings,  that  directly  reduce  the  adverse  impact  of  those 
operations on the environment and limit our dependence on petrochemicals.  

Product Design, Research and Development 

We maintain an active research, development and design staff of approximately 90 people and also draw on the research and 
development efforts of our suppliers, particularly in the areas of fibers, yarns and modular carpet backing materials. The research 
and development team provides us with technical support and advanced materials research and development. Innovation and 
increased customization in product design and styling are the principal focus of our product development efforts, and this focus 
has led to several design breakthroughs such as our plank and Skinny Plank products, as well as our i2 product line. Our carpet 

5 

 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
design and development team is recognized as an industry leader in carpet design and product engineering for the commercial 
and institutional markets.  

David Oakey Designs provides carpet design and consulting services to us pursuant to a consulting agreement, and this firm 
augments  our  internal  research,  development  and  design  staff.  David  Oakey  Designs’  services  under  the  agreement  include 
creating  commercial  carpet  designs  for  use  by  our  modular  carpet  businesses  throughout  the  world,  and  overseeing  product 
development,  design  and  coloration  functions  for  our  modular  carpet  business  in  North  America.  The  agreement  can  be 
terminated by either party upon six months prior written notice to the other party.  

In 2020, we launched our first ever cradle-to-gate carbon negative carpet tile. Our goal is to offer products with the lowest 
carbon footprint possible and products that go beyond neutral to help maintain a climate fit for life. Our carbon negative carpet 
tile features carbon negative materials in the CQuestBioX backing in combination with specialty yarns and tufting processes. We 
have developed innovative ways to work with recycled content and bio-based materials, which has led us to make carpet tiles 
that store carbon, preventing its release into the atmosphere.  

For our nora rubber flooring products, the innovation focus is on performance and design. A recent innovation is the fast 
growing self-adhesive nTx solution for nora tiles and sheet goods. Recent step changes in design are noraplan Iona introducing 
a rubber on rubber print, noraplan valua introducing natural woodlike colors and embossing, and noraplan unita that incorporates 
real granite parts in a rubber floor. The combination of performance and design makes nora the recognized market leader in 
rubber flooring. 

Environmental and Sustainability Initiatives 

Our sustainability strategy that we refer to as Mission Zero, is aimed at reducing waste, environmental footprint and costs. 
With our Climate Take Back initiative we seek to lead industry in designing and making products in ways that will maintain a 
climate fit for life. Our Mission Zero and Climate Take Back logos appear on many of our marketing and merchandising materials 
distributed throughout the world. With our new CQuest™GB, CQuest™Bio and CQuest™BioX backings we are able to use more 
bio-based and recycled materials. As more customers in our target markets share our view that sustainability is an important 
factor it will become a determining factor in purchasing and design decisions. 

A high point in our pursuit of sustainability was our creation with the Zoological Society of London of a program called 
Net-Works® in which we’ve worked with communities in the Philippines to collect discarded fishing nets that are damaging a 
large coral reef, and divert them to our yarn supplier where they are recycled into new carpet fiber. Net-Works provides a source 
of income for members of these communities in the Philippines, while also cleaning up the beaches and waters where they live 
and work. Our Net Effect Collection of carpet tile products, among others, contains yarn that is partly made from the recycled 
fishing nets collected through the Net-Works program. Net-Works is a big step in redesigning our supply chain from a linear take-
make-waste process toward a closed loop system, and it advances our ultimate goal of becoming a restorative enterprise. 

Compliance with Government Regulations 

We are subject to various federal, state and foreign laws and regulations that address various aspects of our business such as 
worker safety, privacy, trade sanctions and anticorruption. In addition, our operations are subject to laws and regulations relating 
to  the  generation,  storage,  handling,  emission,  transportation  and  discharge  of  materials  into  the  environment.  The  costs  of 
complying  with  these  laws  and  regulations  have  not  had  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  financial  condition  or  results  of 
operations in the past and are not expected to have a material adverse impact in the future. The environmental management 
systems  of  our  floorcovering  manufacturing  facilities  in  LaGrange,  Georgia,  West  Point,  Georgia,  Northern  Ireland,  the 
Netherlands, Thailand, China, Germany and Australia are certified under ISO Standard No. 14001. 

Backlog 

Our  backlog  of  unshipped  orders  was  approximately  $177.7  million  at  February  7,  2021,  compared  with  approximately 
$177.8 million at February 9, 2020. Historically, backlog is subject to significant fluctuations due to the timing of orders for 
individual large projects and currency fluctuations. Disruptions in supply and distribution chains, global travel restrictions and 
government shelter in place orders due to the impact of COVID-19 have resulted in delays of construction projects and flooring 
installations in many regions worldwide.  

6 

 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
Patents and Trademarks 

We own numerous patents in the United States and abroad on floorcovering products and on manufacturing processes. The 
duration of United States patents is between 14 and 20 years from the date of filing of a patent application or issuance of the 
patent; the duration of patents issued in other countries varies from country to country. We maintain an active patent and trade 
secret program in order to protect our proprietary technology, know-how and trade secrets. Although we consider our patents to 
be very valuable assets, we consider our know-how and technology even more important to our current business than patents, 
and, accordingly, believe that expiration of existing patents or non-issuance of patents under pending applications would not 
have a material adverse effect on our operations. 

We also own many trademarks in the United States and abroad. In addition to the United States, the primary jurisdictions in 
which we have registered our trademarks are the European Union, Canada, Australia, New Zealand, Japan, and various countries 
in Central America, South America and Asia. Some of our more prominent registered trademarks include: Interface, FLOR, 
Intersept, GlasBac, Mission Zero, norament, noraplan, nTX solution, noraplan unita, noraplan valua and Net-Works. Trademark 
registrations in the United States are valid for a period of 10 years and are renewable for additional 10-year periods as long as 
the mark remains in actual use. The duration of trademarks registered in other jurisdictions varies. 

Human Capital 

In  response  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  we  have  implemented  various  measures  to  protect  the  physical  health,  mental 
health, and productivity of our workforce. These measures include, but are not limited to, daily health self-assessments prior to 
entering  an  office  or  manufacturing  facility,  enhanced  cleaning  and  sanitizing  within  our  facilities,  and  face  covering 
requirements. In  addition,  we  have  adopted new policies  and  procedures  for our  employees  and have  taken  steps  within our 
workplaces to promote social distancing. Almost all of our salesforce and administrative employees globally continue to work 
remotely. 

Interface is a purpose-driven company with a passionate team that shares a unique set of values. Our core values represent 
who we are, how we see the world, how we treat each other and our external customers and stakeholders, and how we approach 
our work every day. These core values are: 

•    Design a better way; 
•    Be genuine and generous; 
•    Inspire others; 
•    Connect the whole; and 
•    Embrace tomorrow, today. 

At January 3, 2021, we employed a total of 3,742 employees worldwide. Of such total, 1,579 were clerical, staff, sales, 
supervisory and management personnel and 2,163 were manufacturing personnel. We also utilized the services of 116 temporary 
personnel as of January 3, 2021. 

Some of our employees in Australia, the United Kingdom and China are represented by unions. In the Netherlands, a Works 
Council,  the  members  of  which  are  Interface  employees,  is  required  to  be  consulted  by  management  with  respect  to  certain 
matters  relating  to  our  operations  in  that  country,  such  as  a  change  in  control  of  Interface  Europe  B.V.  (our  modular  carpet 
subsidiary based in the Netherlands), and the approval of the Council is required for some of our actions, including changes in 
compensation scales or employee benefits. The majority of our employees in Germany are members of a Works Council as well. 
Our management believes that its relations with the Works Councils, the unions and all of our employees are good. 

7 

  
  
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Information About Our Executive Officers  

Our executive officers, their ages as of January 3, 2021, and their principal positions with us are set forth below. Executive 

officers serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. 

Name 
Daniel T. Hendrix ............................  
David B. Foshee ...............................  
Bruce A. Hausmann .........................  
James Poppens .................................  
Nigel Stansfield ...............................  

Age  Principal Position(s) 
66 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
50  Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary 
51  Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
56  Vice President (President - Americas) 
53  Vice President (President - Europe, Africa, Australia, and Asia) 

Mr. Hendrix joined us in 1983 after having worked previously for a national accounting firm. He was promoted to Treasurer 
in 1984, Chief Financial Officer in 1985, Vice President-Finance in 1986, Senior Vice President in October 1995, Executive 
Vice President in October 2000, and President and Chief Executive Officer in July 2001. He was elected to the Board in October 
1996 and has served on the Executive Committee of the Board since July 2001. In October 2011, Mr. Hendrix was elected as 
Chairman of the Board of Directors. Mr. Hendrix retired from the positions of President and Chief Executive Officer in March 
2017 (while remaining Chairman of the Board), and subsequently was re-elected as President and Chief Executive Officer in 
January 2020. 

Mr. Foshee, who previously practiced with an Atlanta-based international law firm, joined us in October 1999 as Associate 
Counsel. He was promoted to Assistant Secretary in April 2002, Senior Counsel in April 2006, Assistant Vice President in April 
2007, Vice President in July 2012, Associate General Counsel in May 2014, and Secretary and General Counsel in January 2017. 

Mr. Hausmann joined us in April 2017 as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.  He came to us from the food, facilities 
and uniform services supplier Aramark Corporation, where he served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for 
Aramark’s Uniform business unit since 2009, and for Aramark’s Direct Store Delivery segment since 2014.  Prior to joining 
Aramark, he served as Vice President and Segment Controller for the Interactive Media Group of The Walt Disney Company, 
which  he  joined  in  2002.   He  has  also  previously  held  finance  and  controller  positions  with  several  software  and  internet 
companies and is a certified public accountant (inactive status) in the State of California. 

Mr. Poppens joined us in 2017 to lead the restructuring of our FLOR business and most recently served as Vice President 
of Corporate Marketing and was responsible for the global Interface brand, digital strategy, global product commercialization 
planning and leading the FLOR business. He was named President for our Americas business in February 2020. Prior to joining 
us, Mr. Poppens held leadership roles at Newell Rubbermaid, Kellogg Company, REI, and Coca-Cola. 

Mr. Stansfield was the Operations Manager for Firth Carpets (our former European broadloom operations) at the time it was 
acquired by us in 1997.  For two years following that acquisition, Mr. Stansfield served as Manufacturing Systems Manager, part 
of a global project team that designed and implemented manufacturing software systems at seven of our manufacturing plants.  In 
1999,  he  returned  to  Firth  Carpets  as  Operations  Director.   In  2002,  he  became  a  member  of  our  European  research  and 
development team focusing on our sustainability initiatives, and in 2004, he became Product and Innovations Director for all of 
our European Operations.  In 2010, he joined our European management team as Senior Vice President of Product, Design and 
Innovation, before being named Vice President and Chief Innovations Officer for the Company in March 2012.  In December 
2016,  he  became  President  of  our  business  serving  Europe,  the  Middle  East  and  Africa,  and  in  January  2019  he  assumed 
responsibility for the Asia-Pacific region as well.   

Available Information 

We make available free of charge on or through our Internet website our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on 
Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) 
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish 
it to, the SEC. Our Internet address is http://www.interface.com. The SEC maintains a website that contains annual, quarterly 
and current reports, proxy statements and other information that issuers (including the Company) file electronically with the 
SEC. The SEC’s website is http://www.sec.gov. 

8 

  
  
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
Interface, Inc. was incorporated in 1973 as a Georgia corporation. 

Forward-Looking Statements 

This report  on  Form  10-K  contains  “forward-looking  statements” within  the  meaning  of  the  Securities  Act of  1933,  the 
Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  and  the  Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform  Act  of  1995.  Words  such  as  “believes,” 
“anticipates,” “plans,” “expects” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking 
statements  include  statements  regarding  the  intent,  belief  or  current  expectations  of  our  management  team,  as  well  as  the 
assumptions on which such statements are based. Any forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and 
involve a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by such 
forward-looking  statements.  We  undertake  no  obligation  to  update  or  revise  forward-looking  statements  to  reflect  changed 
assumptions, the occurrence of unanticipated events or changes to future operating results over time. Important factors currently 
known to management that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in forward-looking statements include risks 
and uncertainties associated with economic conditions in the commercial interiors industry as well as the risks and uncertainties 
discussed below in Item 1A, “Risk Factors.” 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS  

You should carefully consider the following factors, in addition to the other information included in this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K and the other documents incorporated herein by reference, before deciding whether to purchase or sell our common 
stock. Any or all of the following risk factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of 
operations and prospects. 

Risk Factors Related to COVID-19 

The COVID-19 pandemic could have a material adverse effect on our ability to operate, our ability to keep employees safe 
from the pandemic, our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, capital investments, our near term and long term 
ability  to  stay  in  compliance  with  debt  covenants  under  our  Syndicated  Credit  Facility  and  Senior  Notes,  our  ability  to 
refinance our existing indebtedness, and our ability to obtain financing in capital markets. 

The World Health Organization has declared the COVID-19 outbreak a pandemic, and the virus continues to spread in areas 
where we operate and sell our products and services. The COVID-19 pandemic and similar issues in the future could have a 
material adverse effect on: our ability to operate; our ability to keep employees safe from the pandemic; our results of operations, 
financial  condition,  liquidity  and  capital  investments;  our  near  term  and  long  term  ability  to  stay  in  compliance  with  debt 
covenants under our Syndicated Credit Facility and Senior Notes; our ability to refinance our existing indebtedness; and our 
ability to gain financing in the capital markets.  

Public  health organizations have  recommended,  and  many  governments  have  implemented,  measures  from  time  to time 
during the pandemic to slow and limit the transmission of the virus, including certain business shutdowns and shelter in place 
and social distancing requirements. Such preventive measures, or others we may voluntarily put in place, may have a material 
adverse effect on our business for an indefinite period of time, such as: the potential shut down of certain locations; decreased 
employee availability; potential border closures; and disruptions to the businesses of our selling channel partners, and others. 

Our suppliers and customers may also face these and other challenges, which could lead to a disruption in our supply chain, 
raw material inflation or the inability to get the raw materials necessary to produce our products, increased shipping and transport 
costs, as well as decreased construction and renovation spending and decreased demand for our products and services. These 
issues may also materially affect our current and future access to sources of liquidity, particularly our cash flows from operations, 
and access to financing from the capital markets. Although these disruptions may continue to occur, the long-term economic 
impact and near-term financial impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic, including but not limited to, potential near-term or long-
term risk of asset impairment, restructuring, and other charges, cannot be reliably quantified or estimated at this time due to the 
uncertainty of future developments. 

Sales of our principal products have been and may continue to be affected by the COVID-19 pandemic, adverse economic 
cycles, and effects in the new construction market and renovation market. 

Sales of our principal products are related to the renovation and construction of commercial and institutional buildings. This 
activity is cyclical and has been affected by the strength of a country’s or region’s general economy, prevailing interest rates and 

9 

 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
other factors that lead to cost control measures, or reduction in the use of space, by businesses and other users of commercial or 
institutional space. For example, the COVID-19 pandemic may have cyclical and structural impacts on this activity resulting 
from job losses for office workers, reductions in the use of coworking spaces, and increases in the number of people working 
from home. As the COVID-19 pandemic continues, the future of the office, and what the office of the future might look like, is 
being highly debated by senior executives, commercial real estate firms, architects, designers and other global experts which 
could adversely affect the amount of money that customers spend on our products. In addition, the effects of cyclicality and other 
factors affecting the corporate office segment have traditionally tended to be more pronounced than the effects on other market 
segments. Historically, we have generated more sales in the corporate office segment than in any other segment. The effects of 
cyclicality and other factors on the new construction segment of the market have also tended in the past to be more pronounced 
than the effects on the renovation segment. These effects may recur and could be more pronounced if global economic conditions 
do not improve or are weakened by negative cycles or other factors, including as a result of the continuing COVID-19 pandemic. 

Our  earnings  could  be  adversely  affected  by  non-cash  adjustments  to  goodwill,  when  a  test  of  goodwill  assets  indicate  a 
material impairment of those assets. 

As prescribed by accounting standards governing goodwill and other intangible assets, we undertake an annual review of 
the goodwill asset balance reflected in our financial statements. Our review is conducted during the fourth quarter of the year, 
unless there has been a triggering event prescribed by applicable accounting rules that warrants an earlier interim testing for 
possible  goodwill  impairment.  A  future  goodwill  impairment  test  may  result  in  a  future  non-cash  adjustment,  which  could 
adversely affect our earnings for any such future period. 

We recorded a goodwill and intangible asset impairment loss of $121.3 million in the first quarter of 2020 primarily as a 
result of the expected duration of the COVID-19 pandemic and its anticipated negative impact to our revenue and operating 
income.  Future  impairment  charges  could  result  if  these  expectations  change  or  the  COVID-19  pandemic  continues  for  an 
extended period. 

International Risk Factors 

Our  substantial  international  operations  are  subject  to  various  political,  economic  and  other  uncertainties  that  could 
adversely affect our business results, including by restrictive taxation or other government regulation and by foreign currency 
fluctuations. 

We have substantial international operations and intend to continue to pursue and commit resources to growth opportunities 
beyond  the  United  States.  Outside  of  the  United  States,  we  maintain  manufacturing  facilities  in  the  Netherlands,  the  United 
Kingdom, China, Thailand, Australia and Germany, in addition to product showrooms or design studios in Canada, Mexico, 
England, France, Germany, Spain, the Netherlands, India, Australia, Norway, United Arab Emirates, Russia, Singapore, Hong 
Kong, Thailand, China and elsewhere. In 2020, approximately half of our net sales and a significant portion of our production 
were outside the United States, primarily in Europe and Asia-Pacific. 

International operations carry certain risks and associated costs, such as: the complexities and expense of administering a 
business abroad; complications in compliance with, and unexpected changes in, legal and regulatory restrictions or requirements; 
foreign laws, international import and export legislation; trading and investment policies; economic and political instability in 
the global markets; foreign currency fluctuations; exchange controls; increased nationalism and protectionism; tariffs and other 
trade barriers; difficulties in collecting accounts receivable; potential adverse tax consequences and increasing tax complexity or 
changes  in  tax  law  associated  with  operating  in  multiple  tax  jurisdictions;  uncertainties  of  laws  and  enforcement  relating  to 
intellectual property and privacy rights; difficulty in managing a geographically dispersed workforce in compliance with diverse 
local laws and customs, including health and safety regulations and wage and hour laws; potential governmental expropriation 
(especially  in  countries  with  undemocratic  or  authoritarian  ruling  parties);  and  other  factors  depending  upon  the  jurisdiction 
involved. There can be no assurance that we will not experience these risks in the future. 

Risks include, for example, the uncertainty surrounding the implementation and effect of the United Kingdom’s exit from 
the European Union described below, including changes to the legal and regulatory framework that apply to the United Kingdom 
and its relationship with the European Union. 

We also make a substantial portion of our net sales in currencies other than U.S. dollars (approximately half of 2020 net 
sales), which subjects us to the risks inherent in currency translations. The scope and volume of our global operations make it 
impossible to eliminate completely all foreign currency translation risks as an influence on our financial results. 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In addition, due to our global operations, we are subject to many laws governing international relations and international 
operations, including laws that prohibit improper payments to government officials and commercial customers and that restrict 
where  we  can  do  business,  what  information  or  products  we  can  import  and  export  to  and  from  certain  countries  and  what 
information  we  can  provide  to  a  non-U.S.  government.  These  laws  include  but  are  not  limited  to  the  U.S.  Foreign  Corrupt 
Practices  Act  (“FCPA”),  the  U.K.  Bribery  Act  2010,  the  Mexican  National  Anticorruption  System  (Sistema  Nacional 
Anticorrupción,  or  “SNA”),  the  U.S.  Export  Administration  Act  and  U.S.  and  international  economic  sanctions  and  money 
laundering regulations. We have internal policies and procedures relating to compliance with such regulations; however, there is 
a risk that such policies and procedures will not always protect us from the improper acts of employees, agents, business partners, 
joint venture partners or representatives, particularly in the case of recently acquired operations that may not have significant 
training in applicable compliance policies and procedures. Violations of these laws, which are complex, may result in criminal 
penalties, sanctions and/or fines that could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations 
and reputation. In addition, we are subject to antitrust laws in various countries throughout the world. Changes in these laws or 
their interpretation, administration or enforcement may occur over time. Any such changes may limit our future acquisitions, 
divestitures or operations. 

Finally, we may not be aware of all the factors that may affect our business in foreign jurisdictions. The risks outlined above, 
and others specific to certain jurisdictions that we may not be aware of, could adversely and materially affect our business and 
results. 

The uncertainty surrounding the implementation and effect of the U.K.’s exit from the European Union, and related negative 
developments in the European Union could adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. 

In 2016, voters in the U.K. approved an exit from the European Union via a referendum (commonly referred to as “Brexit”). 
The U.K. ceased to be a member of the European Union on January 31, 2020. In December 2020, the U.K. and the European 
Union  agreed  on  a  trade  and  cooperation  agreement,  which  is  being  applied  provisionally  until  it  is  formally  ratified  by  the 
European Union parliament. Because the agreement merely sets forth a framework in many respects and will require complex 
additional bilateral negotiations between the U.K. and the European Union as both parties continue to work on the rules for 
implementation, significant political and economic uncertainty remains about how the precise terms of the relationship between 
the parties will differ from the terms before withdrawal. The uncertainty leading up to and following Brexit has had, and the 
implementation of Brexit may continue to have, a negative impact on our business and demand for our products in Europe, and 
particularly in the U.K. Brexit could adversely affect European or worldwide political, regulatory, economic or market conditions 
and could contribute to instability in political institutions and regulatory agencies. Brexit could also have the effect of disrupting 
the free movement of goods, services, and people between the U.K., the European Union and elsewhere. In addition, Brexit has 
had a detrimental effect, and could have further detrimental effects, on the value of either or both of the Euro and the British 
pound sterling, which could negatively impact our business (principally from the translation of sales and earnings in those foreign 
currencies  into  our  reporting  currency  of  U.S.  dollars).  Such  a  development  could  have  other  unpredictable  adverse  effects, 
including a material adverse effect on demand for office space and our flooring products in the U.K. and in Europe if the U.K. 
exit leads to economic difficulties in Europe. 

Risk Factors Related to our Indebtedness 

We have a substantial amount of debt, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations 
and our ability to meet our payment obligations under our debt. 

We have a substantial amount of debt and debt service requirements. As of January 3, 2021, we had approximately $585.2 

million of outstanding debt, and we had $295.4 million of undrawn borrowing capacity under our existing credit facility. 

This level of debt could have significant consequences on our future operations, including:  

•      making it more difficult for us to meet our payment and other obligations under our outstanding debt;  
•      resulting in an event of default if we fail to comply with the financial and other restrictive covenants contained in our 
debt agreements, which event of default could result in all of our debt becoming immediately due and payable;  
•        reducing  the  availability  of  our  cash  flows  to  fund  working  capital,  capital  expenditures,  acquisitions  or  strategic 
investments  and  other  general  corporate  purposes,  and  limiting  our  ability  to  obtain  additional  financing  for  these 
purposes;  

•     subjecting us to the risk of increasing interest expense on variable rate indebtedness, including borrowings under our 

existing credit facility; 

11 

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
•      limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, and increasing our vulnerability to, changes in our business, the 

industry in which we operate and the general economy; 

•      placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt or are less leveraged;  
•        limiting  our  ability  to  attract  certain  investors  to  purchase  our  common  stock  due  to  the  amount  of  debt  we  have 

outstanding; and 

•      limiting our ability to refinance our existing indebtedness as it matures. 

In addition, borrowings under our credit facility have variable interest rates, and therefore our interest expenses will increase 

if the underlying market rates (upon which the variable interest rates are based) increase. 

Furthermore, on July 27, 2017, the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority (the “FCA”), which regulates the London interbank 
offered rate (“LIBOR”), announced that the FCA will no longer persuade or compel banks to submit rates for the calculation of 
LIBOR after 2021. This announcement indicates that the continuation of LIBOR on the current basis is not guaranteed after 
2021, and LIBOR may be discontinued or modified by 2021. The Federal Reserve Bank of New York began publishing the 
Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) in April 2018 as an alternative for LIBOR. SOFR is a broad measure of the cost of 
borrowing cash overnight collateralized by U.S. Treasury securities. A transition away from the widespread use of LIBOR to 
SOFR or another benchmark rate may occur over the course of the next few years. We have exposure to LIBOR-based financial 
instruments,  namely  our  existing  credit  facility  which  has  variable  (or  floating)  interest  rates  based  on  LIBOR.  This  facility 
allows for the use of an alternative benchmark rate if LIBOR is no longer available. At this time, we cannot predict the overall 
effect of the modification or discontinuation of LIBOR or the establishment of alternative benchmark rates. 

Any of the above-listed factors could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations 

and our ability to meet our payment obligations under our debt. 

Servicing our debt requires a significant amount of cash, and we may not have sufficient cash flow from our operations to 
pay our indebtedness. 

Our ability to generate cash in order to make scheduled payments of the principal of, to pay interest on or to refinance our 
indebtedness depends on our future performance, which is subject to economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and 
other factors beyond our control. In addition, our ability to borrow funds in the future to make payments on our debt will depend 
on the satisfaction of the covenants in our existing credit facility and our other financing agreements, including the indenture 
governing the Senior Notes, and other agreements we may enter into in the future. Specifically, we will need to maintain certain 
financial ratios under our existing credit facility. Our business may not continue to generate sufficient cash flow from operations 
in the future and future borrowings may not be available to us under our existing revolving credit facility or from other sources 
in an amount sufficient to service our indebtedness, including the Senior Notes, to make necessary capital expenditures or to 
fund our other liquidity needs. If we are unable to generate cash from our operations or through borrowings, we may be required 
to adopt one or more alternatives, such as selling assets, restructuring debt or obtaining additional equity capital on terms that 
may be onerous or highly dilutive. Our ability to make payments on our indebtedness or refinance our indebtedness will depend 
on the capital markets and our financial condition at such time, as well as the terms of our financing agreements, including the 
existing credit facility, and the indenture governing the Senior Notes. We may not be able to engage in any of these activities or 
engage in these activities on desirable terms, which could result in a default on our debt obligations. 

We may incur substantial additional indebtedness, which could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial 
indebtedness. 

Subject  to  the  restrictions  in  our  existing  credit  facility  and  in  the  indenture  governing  our  Senior  Notes,  we  and  our 
subsidiaries may be able to incur additional indebtedness in the future. Although our existing credit facility and the indenture 
governing the Senior Notes contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional debt, these restrictions are subject to a number of 
significant  qualifications  and  exceptions,  including  the  ability,  on  a  non-committed  basis,  for  us  to  increase  revolving 
commitments and/or term loans under our existing credit facility, and debt incurred in compliance with these restrictions could 
be substantial. If new debt is added to our and our subsidiaries’ existing debt levels, the related risks we now face would increase. 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk Factors Related to our Business and Operations 

We compete with a large number of manufacturers in the highly competitive floorcovering products market, and some of 
these  competitors  have  greater  financial  resources  than  we  do.  We  may  face  challenges  competing  on  price,  making 
investments in our business, or competing on product design. 

The floorcovering industry is highly competitive. Globally, we compete for sales of floorcovering products with other carpet 
manufacturers  and  manufacturers  of  other  types  of  floorcovering.  Although  the  industry  has  experienced  significant 
consolidation,  a  large  number  of  manufacturers  remain  in  the  industry.  Moreover,  some  of  our  competitors  are  adding 
manufacturing capacity into the industry throughout the globe which could increase the amount of supply in the market. Increased 
capacity at our competitors could result in pricing pressure on our products (including products, like LVT, which may currently 
carry attractive margins) and less demand for our products, thus adversely affecting both revenues and profitability. 

Some of our competitors, including a number of large diversified domestic and foreign companies who manufacture modular 
carpet and resilient flooring as one segment of their business, have greater financial resources than we do. Competing effectively 
may require us to make additional investments in our product development efforts, manufacturing facilities, distribution network 
and sales and marketing activities. 

In addition, we often compete on design preferences. Our customers’ design preferences may evolve or change before we 
adapt quickly enough to those changes or before we recognize those changes have happened in the marketplace. If this occurs, it 
could negatively affect our sales as our customers choose other product offerings. 

Our success depends significantly upon the efforts, abilities and continued service of our senior management executives, our 
principal design consultant and other key personnel (including sales personnel), and our loss of any of them could affect us 
adversely. 

We  believe  that  our  success  depends  to  a  significant  extent  upon  the  efforts  and  abilities  of  our  senior  management 
executives. In addition, we rely significantly on the leadership that David Oakey of David Oakey Designs provides to our internal 
design staff. Specifically, David Oakey Designs provides product design/production engineering services to us under an exclusive 
consulting contract that contains non-competition covenants. Our agreement with David Oakey Designs can be terminated by 
either party upon six months prior written notice to the other party. Our business also depends on the recruitment and retention 
of other key personnel, including strong sales leaders. 

We  may  lose  the  services  of  key  personnel  for  a  variety  of  reasons,  including  if  our  compensation  programs  become 
uncompetitive  in  the  relevant  markets  for  our  employees  and  service  providers,  or  if  the  Company  undergoes  significant 
disruptive change (including not only economic downturns, but potentially other changes management believes are positive in 
the long term). The loss of key personnel with a great deal of knowledge, training and experience in the flooring industry — 
particularly in the areas of sales, marketing, operations, product design and management — could have an adverse impact on our 
business.  We  may  not  be  able  to  easily  replace  such  personnel,  particularly  if  the  underlying  reasons  for  the  loss  make  the 
Company relatively unattractive as an employer. 

We are implementing a multi-year transformation of our sales organization, including the implementation of standardized 
processes in which our sales force goes to market, interacts with customers, works with the architect and design community and, 
in general, operates day-to-day. We are also implementing technology tools that the sales force will be required to use as part of 
their day-to-day jobs, and new management positions to actively manage and coach the sales force. All of these changes are 
disruptive, which may create challenges for our sales force to adapt, particularly for long tenured employees, which comprise a 
large portion of  our  sales  force.  There  are no  guarantees that  these  efforts  will  increase  sales  or  improve profitability  of  the 
business, or that they will not instead adversely disrupt the business, decrease sales, and decrease overall profitability.  

Large increases in the cost of our raw materials, shipping costs, duties or tariffs could adversely affect us if we are unable to 
pass these cost increases through to our customers. 

Petroleum-based products comprise the predominant portion of the cost of raw materials that we use in manufacturing carpet. 
Synthetic rubber uses petroleum based products as feedstock as well. We also incur significant shipping and transport costs to 
move our products around the globe. While we attempt to match cost increases with corresponding price increases, continued 
volatility in the cost of raw materials, transportation and shipping costs could adversely affect our financial results if we are 
unable to pass through such cost increases to our customers. 

13 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
Unanticipated termination or interruption of any of our arrangements with our primary third party suppliers of synthetic 
fiber or our sole third party supplier for luxury vinyl tile (“LVT”) could have a material adverse effect on us. 

We depend on a small number of third-party suppliers of synthetic fiber and a single supplier for our LVT products. The 
unanticipated termination or interruption of any of our supply arrangements with our current suppliers of synthetic fiber (nylon) 
or sole supplier of LVT, including failure by any third party supplier to meet our product specifications, could have a material 
adverse effect on us because we do not have the capability to manufacture our own fiber for use in our carpet products or our 
own LVT. Our suppliers may not be able to meet our demand for a variety of reasons, including our inability to forecast our 
future needs accurately or a shortfall in production by the supplier for reasons unrelated to us, such as work stoppages, acts of 
war, terrorism, pandemics, fire, earthquake, energy shortages, flooding or other natural disasters. The primary manufacturing 
facility of our sole supplier of LVT is located in South Korea. If any of our supply arrangements with our primary suppliers of 
synthetic fiber or our sole supplier of LVT is terminated or interrupted, we likely would incur increased manufacturing costs and 
experience delays in our manufacturing process (thus resulting in decreased sales and profitability) associated with shifting more 
of our synthetic fiber purchasing to another synthetic fiber supplier or developing new supply chain sources for LVT. A prolonged 
inability on our part to source synthetic fiber included in our products or LVT on a cost-effective basis could adversely impact 
our ability to deliver products on a timely basis, which could harm our sales and customer relationships. 

If we fail to realize the expected synergies and other benefits of the nora acquisition, our results of operations and stock price 
may be negatively affected. 

In  2018,  we  completed  the  acquisition  of  nora,  a  manufacturer  and  multinational  marketer  of  resilient  rubber  floor 
coverings.  The success of the acquisition will depend substantially on our ability to realize the expected synergies and other 
benefits  from combining  the  Company’s  legacy business and nora.  Our  ability  to realize  these  anticipated benefits  and  cost 
savings is subject to various risks and uncertainties, including the risks that: 

•      we may not be able to successfully combine and integrate the businesses on a timely basis, or at all; 
•        the  integration  process  could  divert  management’s  attention,  cause  employee  or  customer  attrition  or  cause  other 

disruption; 

•      nora may not contribute to the revenues and profitability of the combined business as much as we currently expect; and 
•      we may not be able to manage the increased indebtedness we have incurred in connection with the acquisition. 

If we are not able to successfully combine the businesses within the anticipated time frame, or at all, the expected synergies 
and other benefits of the transaction may not be realized fully or at all, or may take longer to realize than expected, the combined 
businesses  may  not  perform  as  expected  and  the  results  of  our  operations  or  value  of  our  common  stock  may  be  adversely 
affected. 

It is also possible that the integration process could result in the loss of key employees or customers of the Company or nora, 
the disruption of the companies’ ongoing businesses or unexpected integration issues, higher than expected integration costs and 
an overall integration process that takes longer than originally anticipated. 

We  will  be  required  to  devote  significant  management  attention  and  resources  to  integrating  the  Company’s  legacy 

operations and nora. It is possible that the integration process could result in: 

•      diversion of management’s attention; 
•      the lack of personnel or other resources to pursue other potential business opportunities; and 
•        the  disruption  of,  or  the  loss  of  momentum  in,  each  company’s  ongoing  businesses  or  inconsistencies  in  standards,  

controls, procedures and policies. 

Any  of  these  consequences  could  adversely  affect  each  company’s  ability  to  maintain  relationships  with  customers, 
suppliers, employees and other constituencies or their ability to achieve the anticipated benefits of the transaction, or could reduce 
each company’s earnings or otherwise adversely affect the business and financial results of the combined company and the value 
of our common stock. 

The market price of our common stock has been volatile and the value of your investment may decline. 

The market price of our common stock has been volatile in the past and may continue to be volatile going forward. Such 
volatility may cause precipitous drops in the price of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market and may cause your 
investment in our common stock to lose significant value. As a general matter, market price volatility has had a significant effect 

14 

  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
on  the  market values  of  securities  issued by  many  companies  for  reasons  unrelated  to their operating  performance. We  thus 
cannot predict the market price for our common stock going forward. 

Changes  to  our  facilities,  manufacturing  processes,  product  construction,  and  product  composition  could  disrupt  our 
operations, increase customer complaints, increase warranty claims, negatively affect our reputation, and have a material 
adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. 

From time to time, we make improvements to our physical facilities, or move operations to new ones. Large scale changes 
or moves could disrupt our normal operations, leading to possible loss of productivity, which may adversely affect our results. 
We are also making significant investments and modifications to our manufacturing facilities, processes, product compositions, 
and product construction including but not limited to the production of our new CQuest™ carpet tile backings. These changes 
can be disruptive. There is also no guarantee that our CQuest™ backings will not fail to perform as expected and will not increase 
warranty claims or customer complaints. These efforts may also not yield the financial returns and improvements in the business 
that we hope to achieve from them. While these changes are intended to yield stronger financial results, they could potentially 
impact our financial results in negative ways due to project delays, business disruption as new facilities and equipment come 
online, increase customer complaints, or increase warranty claims; all of which could negatively affect our operations, reputation, 
financial condition and results of operations.  

Our  business  operations  could  suffer  significant  losses  from  natural  disasters,  catastrophes,  fire,  pandemics  or  other 
unexpected events. 

While we manufacture our products in several facilities and maintain insurance covering our facilities, including business 
interruption insurance, our manufacturing facilities could be materially damaged by natural disasters, such as floods, tornadoes, 
hurricanes and earthquakes, or by fire or other unexpected events such as adverse weather conditions, pandemics or other public 
health  crises  (such  as  the  COVID-19  pandemic  described  above),  or  other  disruptions  to  our  facilities,  supply  chain  or  our 
customers’ facilities. We could incur uninsured losses and liabilities arising from such events, including damage to our reputation, 
and suffer material losses in operational capacity, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition 
and results of operations. 

Disruptions to or failures of our information technology systems could adversely affect our business. 

We rely heavily on information technology systems—both software and computer hardware—to operate our business. We 

rely on these systems to, among other things: 

•     facilitate and plan the purchase, management and distribution of, and payment for, inventory and raw materials; 
•     control our production processes; 
•     manage and monitor our distribution network and logistics; 
•     receive, process and ship orders; 
•     manage billing, collections and payables; 
•     manage financial reporting; and 
•     manage payroll and human resources information. 

Our IT systems may be disrupted or fail for a number of reasons, including: 

•     natural disasters, like fires; 
•     power loss; 
•     software “bugs”, hardware defects or human error; and 
•     hacking, computer viruses, malware, ransomware, phishing scams, or other cyber attacks. 

Any of these events which deny us use of vital IT systems may seriously disrupt our normal business operations. These 
disruptions may lead to production or shipping stoppages, which may in turn lead to material revenue loss and reputational harm. 
There is no guarantee that our backup systems or disaster recovery procedures will be adequate to mitigate losses due to IT 
system disruptions in a timely fashion, and we may incur significant expense in correcting IT system emergencies. 

15 

  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
To the extent our IT systems store sensitive data, including about our employees or other individuals, security breaches may 
expose us to other serious liabilities and reputational harm if such data is misappropriated. In addition, as cybercriminals continue 
to become more sophisticated, the costs to defend and insure against cyberattacks can be expected to rise. 

Legal Risk Factors 

We face risks associated with litigation and claims. 

We have been, and may in the future become, party to lawsuits including, without limitation, actions and proceedings in the 
ordinary  course  of  business,  such  as  claims  brought  by  our  customers  in  connection  with  commercial  disputes,  employment 
claims made by our current or former employees, or claims relating to intellectual property matters. Litigation might result in 
substantial  costs  and  may  divert  management’s  attention  and  resources,  which  may  adversely  affect  our  business,  results  of 
operations and financial condition. An unfavorable judgment against us in any legal proceeding or claim could require us to pay 
monetary damages. Insurance might not cover such claims, might not provide sufficient payments to cover all the costs to resolve 
one or more such claims, and might not continue to be available on terms acceptable to us. In addition, an unfavorable judgment 
in which the counterparty is awarded equitable relief, such as an injunction, could harm our business, results of operations and 
financial condition. 

Please refer to Item 3, “Legal Proceedings,” within this Report for additional information related to litigation and claims. 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None. 

17 

  
 
 
 
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES 

We  maintain  our  corporate  headquarters  in  Atlanta,  Georgia  in  approximately  42,000  square  feet  of  leased  space.  The 
following table lists our principal manufacturing facilities and other material physical locations (some locations are comprised 
of multiple buildings), all of which we own except as otherwise noted: 

Location 
Bangkok, Thailand .................................................................................................................................................  
Craigavon, N. Ireland(1)..........................................................................................................................................  
LaGrange, Georgia ................................................................................................................................................  
LaGrange, Georgia(1) .............................................................................................................................................  
Union City, Georgia(1) ............................................................................................................................................  
Minto, Australia .....................................................................................................................................................  
Scherpenzeel, the Netherlands ...............................................................................................................................  
West Point, Georgia ...............................................................................................................................................  
Salem, New Hampshire(1) ......................................................................................................................................  
Weinheim, Germany(1) ...........................................................................................................................................  
Taicang, China(1) ....................................................................................................................................................  

(1)Leased. 

Floor 
Space 
(Sq. Ft.) 

275,946   
72,200   
669,145   
517,205   
370,000   
240,000   
1,250,960   
250,000   
109,129   
831,113   
142,500   

We maintain sales or marketing offices in over 70 locations in more than 25 countries and a number of other distribution 

facilities in several countries. Most of our sales and marketing locations and many of our distribution facilities are leased. 

We  believe  that  our  manufacturing  and  distribution  facilities  and  our  marketing  offices  are  sufficient  for  our  present 
operations.  We  will  continue,  however,  to  consider  the  desirability  of  establishing  additional  facilities  and  offices  in  other 
locations  around  the  world  as  part  of  our  business  strategy  to  meet  global  market  demands.  Substantially  all  of  our  owned 
properties in the United States are subject to mortgages, which secure borrowings under our Syndicated Credit Facility. 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

From time to time, we are a party to legal proceedings, whether arising in the ordinary course of business or otherwise. The 
disclosure set forth in Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K 
is incorporated by reference herein. 

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

Not applicable. 

18 

 
  
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Our Common Stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol TILE. As of February 18, 2021, we had 
631 holders of record of our Common Stock. We estimate that there are in excess of 9,000 beneficial holders of our Common 
Stock. 

Future declaration and payment of dividends is at the discretion of our Board, and depends upon, among other things, our 
investment policy and opportunities, results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, future prospects, and other 
factors that may be considered relevant by our Board at the time of its determination. Such other factors include limitations 
contained in the agreement for our Syndicated Credit Facility and the indenture for our Senior Notes, each of which specify 
conditions as to when any dividend payments may be made. As such, we may discontinue our dividend payments in the future if 
our Board determines that a cessation of dividend payments is proper in light of the factors indicated above. 

Stock Performance  

The  following  graph  and  table  compare,  for  the  five-year  period  ended  January 3,  2021,  the  Company’s  total  returns  to 
shareholders (assuming all dividends were reinvested) with that of (i) all companies listed on the Nasdaq Composite Index and 
(ii) our self-determined peer group, assuming an initial investment of $100 in each on January 3, 2016 (the last day of the fiscal 
year 2015). In determining its peer group companies, the Company considered various factors, including the potential peer’s 
industry, business model, size and complexity.  The Company chose a peer group that it believes provides a robust sample size 
with minimal revenue dispersion, with companies in similar industries or lines of business or subject to similar economic and 
business cycles, including companies with a significant international presence that are also focused on sustainability. 

Interface, Inc. ............................................  
NASDAQ Composite Index ......................  
Self-Determined Peer Group (20 Stocks) ..  

January 3, 
2016 
$100 
$100 
$100 

  January 1, 
2017 
$98 
$109 
$115 

  December 31, 
2017 
$134 
$141 
$117 

  December 30, 
2018 
$77 
$136 
$96 

  December 29, 
2019 
$91 
$188 
$126 

  January 3, 
2021 
$58 
$271 
$114 

19 

 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to Performance Graph 

(1)         If the annual interval, based on the fiscal year-end, is not a trading day, the preceding trading day is used. 
(2)         The index level was set to $100 as of January 3, 2016 (the last day of fiscal year 2015). 
(3)         The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Sunday nearest December 31. 
(4)          The following companies are included in the Self-Determined Peer Group depicted above: Acuity Brands, Inc.; 
Albany International Corp.; Apogee Enterprises, Inc.; Armstrong Flooring, Inc.; Armstrong World Industries, 
Inc.;  Caesarstone  Ltd.;  FLIR  Systems,  Inc.;  Gentherm  Incorporated;  H.  B.  Fuller  Company;  Harsco 
Corporation;  Herman  Miller,  Inc.;  HNI  Corporation;  Kimball  International,  Inc.;  Knoll,  Inc.;  Masonite 
International Corporation; Materion Corporation; P. H. Glatfelter Company; Steelcase Inc.; Unifi, Inc.; and 
Welbilt, Inc. 

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans 

See Item 12 of Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

The following table contains information with respect to purchases made by or on behalf of the Company, or any “affiliated 
purchaser” (as defined in Rule 10b-18(a)(3) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), of our common stock during our fourth 
quarter ended January 3, 2021: 

Period(1) 
October 5 – November 1, 2020(2) ..............    
November 2 – December 6, 2020(2) ..........    
December 7, 2020 – January 3, 2021(2) .....    
Total ..........................................................    

Total 
Number 
of Shares 
Purchased 

Average 
Price 
Paid 
Per Share 

49    
688    
2,024    
2,761    

 $ 

 $ 

6.90   
8.18   
10.50   
9.86   

Total Number 
of Shares Purchased 
as Part of Publicly 
Announced Plans or 
Programs 

Approximate Dollar 
Value of Shares 
that 
May Yet Be 
Purchased Under 
the Plans or 
Programs 

—    
—    
—    
—    

 $ 

 $ 

—    
—    
—    
—    

(1)    The monthly periods identified above correspond to the Company’s fiscal fourth quarter of 2020, which commenced October 

5, 2020 and ended January 3, 2021. 

(2)    Represents shares acquired by the Company from employees to satisfy income tax withholding obligations in connection with 

the vesting of previous equity awards. 

20 

  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
   
  
     
   
        
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA  

This item is no longer required, as we have elected to early adopt the changes to Item 301 of Regulation S-K contained in 

SEC Release No. 33-10890. 

21 

 
 
 
ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 

OPERATIONS 

Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic 

On March 1, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the COVID-19 outbreak a pandemic, and the virus continues to 
spread in areas where we operate and sell our products and services. The COVID-19 pandemic has had material adverse effects 
on our business, results of operations, and financial condition, and it is anticipated that this will continue for an indefinite period 
of time. The duration of the pandemic will ultimately determine the extent to which our operations are impacted. We continue to 
monitor our operations and have implemented various programs to mitigate the effects on our business including reductions in 
employees, labor costs, marketing expenses, consulting expenses, travel costs, various other costs, and capital expenditures, as 
well as reducing the amount of the cash dividend that we pay on our common stock and suspending and reducing shifts in our 
production facilities, temporarily furloughing employees, and implementing other cost reduction or avoidance initiatives.  

During fiscal year 2020, the COVID-19 pandemic resulted in lower revenues across all geographic regions. Our sales mix 
shifted towards more non-corporate office market segments as the COVID-19 pandemic reduced corporate spending impacting 
sales in the corporate office market. In 2020, consolidated net sales declined 17.9% compared to 2019 primarily due to COVID-
19. As discussed above, the Company implemented, and continues to implement, various cost cutting initiatives to mitigate the 
effects  of  COVID-19  on  our  operations.  During  2020,  the  Company  recorded  $12.9  million  of  voluntary  and  involuntary 
severance costs, which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. 
We anticipate future annualized savings of approximately $15 million as a result of these separation initiatives. 

During the first quarter of 2020, as a result of changes in macroeconomic conditions related to the COVID-19 pandemic, we 
recognized  a  charge  of  $121.3  million  for  the  impairment  of  goodwill  and  certain  intangible  assets.  See  Note  12  entitled 
“Goodwill and Intangible Assets” of Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report for additional information. 

In response to the reduced demand and to enhance employee safety measures, we temporarily suspended production in our 
U.S. manufacturing facilities from March 18, 2020 to March 23, 2020, and then again from April 6, 2020 to April 13, 2020. We 
also substantially reduced production in our Craigavon, U.K. facility beginning on April 20, 2020 through the end of the third 
quarter, and our Thailand, China, and Australia plants were at times operating in reduced shifts in light of reduced demand. 
During the first quarter of 2020, our Asia-Pacific region was primarily impacted by COVID-19 due to government shutdowns in 
China and the temporary closure of our China plant in late January 2020 to February 9, 2020. In addition, almost all of our 
salesforce and administrative employees globally continue to work remotely in accordance with the Company’s ongoing safety 
measures, as well as any local government orders and “shelter in place” directives in place from time to time.  

As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, government grants and payroll protection programs are available in various countries 
globally to provide assistance to companies impacted by the pandemic. The CARES Act enacted in the United States (see Note 
17 entitled “Income Taxes” included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information) and a payroll 
protection  program  enacted  in  the  Netherlands  (the  “NOW  Program”)  provide  benefits  related  to  payroll  costs  either  as 
reimbursements, lower payroll tax rates or deferral of payroll tax payments. The NOW Program provides eligible companies 
with  reimbursement  of  labor  costs  as  an  incentive  to  retain  employees  and  continue  paying  them  in  accordance  with  the 
Company’s customary compensation practices. During fiscal year 2020, the Company qualified for benefits under several payroll 
protection programs and recognized a reduction in payroll costs of approximately $7.3 million, which are recorded as a $6.1 
million reduction of selling, general and administrative expenses and a $1.2 million reduction of cost of sales in the consolidated 
statements of operations, as the Company believes it is probable that the benefits received will not be repaid.  

General 

Our revenues are derived from sales of floorcovering products, primarily modular carpet, luxury vinyl tile (“LVT”) and, 
starting in August 2018, rubber flooring products. Our business, as well as the commercial interiors industry in general, is cyclical 
in nature and is impacted by economic conditions and trends that affect the markets for commercial and institutional business 
space. The commercial interiors industry, including the market for floorcovering products, is largely driven by reinvestment by 
corporations into their existing businesses in the form of new fixtures and furnishings for their workplaces. In significant part, 
the timing and amount of such reinvestments are impacted by the profitability of those corporations. As a result, macroeconomic 
factors such as employment rates, office vacancy rates, capital spending, productivity and efficiency gains that impact corporate 
profitability in general, also affect our business. 

22 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
As noted above, our sales mix of corporate office verses non-corporate office market segments has shifted towards non-
corporate office markets in fiscal year 2020 primarily due to the impacts of COVID-19 on the corporate office market. We focus 
our marketing and sales efforts on both corporate office and non-corporate office segments, to reduce somewhat our exposure to 
economic cycles that affect the corporate office market segment more adversely, as well as to capture additional market share.  

Our mix of modular carpet and resilient flooring sales in corporate office verses non-corporate office market segments for 

the last three fiscal years is summarized below: 

Americas ..............  

Company-wide .....  

Corporate 
Office 

37  % 

47  % 

2020 

2019 

Non-Corporate 
Office 

  Corporate 

Office 

Non-Corporate 
Office 

  Corporate 

Office 

63  %   

53  %   

47  % 

61  % 

53  %   

39  %   

2018 

Non-Corporate 
Office 

45  % 

60  % 

55  % 

40  % 

During 2020, we had net sales of $1,103.3 million, down 17.9% compared to $1,343.0 million in 2019, primarily due to the 
impacts of COVID-19. The operating loss for 2020 was $39.3 million compared to operating income of $130.9 million in 2019. 
Net loss for 2020 was $71.9 million, or $1.23 per share, compared to net income of $79.2 million, or $1.34 per share, in 2019. 
The 2020 period was impacted by a $121.3 million goodwill and intangible asset impairment loss recorded in the first quarter 
and $12.9 million of severance charges related to cost saving initiatives in response to COVID-19. These charges were partially 
offset by $9.3 million of lower payroll costs due to furloughs and credits from payroll protection programs. 

During 2019, we had net sales of $1,343.0 million, up 13.9% compared to $1,179.6 million in 2018. Operating income for 
2019 was $130.9 million as compared to $76.4 million in 2018. Net income for 2019 was $79.2 million, or $1.34 per share, 
compared with $50.3 million, or $0.84 per share, in 2018. The 2019 period included the results of the acquired nora business for 
the full fiscal year, $5.9 million of purchase accounting amortization in connection with the nora acquisition, and $12.9 million 
of restructuring and other charges. The 2018 period included the results of the nora acquisition (described below) from August 
7, 2018 through the end of the 2018 fiscal year. 

On August 7, 2018, the Company completed the acquisition of nora for a purchase price of €385.1 million, or $447.2 million 
at the exchange rate as of the transaction date, including acquired cash of €40.0 million ($46.5 million) for a net purchase price 
of €345.1 million ($400.7 million). Nora is an industry leader in the rubber flooring market, and the acquisition has expanded 
the Company’s presence within non-corporate office market segments since the acquisition date. 

Restructuring Plans 

On December 23, 2019, the Company committed to a new restructuring plan to improve efficiencies and decrease costs 
across its worldwide operations, and more closely align its operating structure with its business strategy. The plan involved a 
reduction of approximately 105 employees and early termination of two office leases. As a result of this plan, the Company 
recorded a pre-tax restructuring charge in the fourth quarter of 2019 of approximately $9.0 million. The charge was comprised 
of severance expenses ($8.8 million) and lease exit costs ($0.2 million). The restructuring charge was expected to result in future 
cash expenditures of approximately $9.0 million for payment of these employee severance and lease exit costs. The Company 
expected the plan to yield annualized savings of approximately $6.0 million. A portion of the annualized savings was realized 
on the income statement in fiscal year 2020, with the remaining portion of the annualized savings expected to be realized in fiscal 
year 2021. 

On December 29, 2018, the Company committed to a new restructuring plan in its continuing efforts to improve efficiencies 
and decrease costs across its worldwide operations, and more closely align its operating structure with its business strategy. The 
plan  involved  (i)  a  restructuring  of  its  sales  and  administrative  operations  in  the  United  Kingdom,  (ii)  a  reduction  of 
approximately 200 employees, primarily in the Europe and Asia-Pacific geographic regions, and (iii) the write-down of certain 
underutilized and impaired assets that included information technology assets and obsolete manufacturing equipment. As a result 
of  this  plan,  the  Company  recorded  a  pre-tax  restructuring  and  asset  impairment  charge  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2018  of 
approximately $20.5 million. The charge was comprised of severance expenses (approximately $10.8 million), impairment of 
assets (approximately $8.6 million) and other items (approximately $1.1 million). The charge was expected to result in future 

23 

 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
     
 
  
 
     
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
cash expenditures of $12 million, primarily for severance payments (approximately $10.8 million). The restructuring plan was 
completed at the end of fiscal year 2020.  

Goodwill, Intangible Asset and Fixed Asset Impairment 

During 2020, we recognized a charge of $121.3 million for the impairment of goodwill and certain intangible assets. See 
Note 12 entitled “Goodwill and Intangible Assets” of Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report for additional information. During 
2020, we recognized fixed asset impairment charges of $5.0 million primarily related to certain FLOR design center closures and 
other projects that were abandoned or indefinitely delayed. These charges are included in selling, general and administrative 
expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.  

Analysis of Results of Operations  

The following discussion and analyses reflect the factors and trends discussed in the preceding sections. 

Net sales denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar were approximately 51% in 2020, 49% in 2019, and 49% in 
2018.  Because  we  have  such  substantial  international  operations,  we  are  impacted,  from  time  to  time,  by  international 
developments that affect foreign currency transactions. In 2020, the strengthening of the Euro, British pound sterling and Chinese 
Renminbi against the U.S. dollar had a positive impact on our net sales and operating income. In 2019, the weakening of the 
Euro, British pound sterling, Australian dollar, Canadian dollar and Chinese Renminbi against the U.S. dollar had a negative 
impact on our net sales and operating income. In 2018, the strengthening of the Euro and British pound sterling against the U.S. 
dollar had a positive impact on our net sales and operating income. 

The following table presents the amounts (in U.S. dollars) by which the exchange rates for translating Euros, British pounds 
sterling, Australian dollars and Canadian dollars into U.S. dollars have affected our net sales and operating income during the 
past three years: 

Impact of changes in foreign currency on net sales ....   $ 
Impact of changes in foreign currency on operating 

income ....................................................................  

2020 

2019 
(in millions) 

2018 

7.1     $ 

0.9   

(26.2)    $ 

(3.9)  

8.4  

1.2  

The following table presents, as a percentage of net sales, certain items included in our consolidated statements of operations 

during the past three years: 

Net sales .................................................................................................  
Cost of sales ...........................................................................................  
Gross profit on sales ..............................................................................  
Selling, general and administrative expenses ........................................  
Restructuring, asset impairment and other charges ................................  
Goodwill and intangible asset impairment charge .................................  
Operating income (loss) .........................................................................  
Interest/Other expense ...........................................................................  
Income (loss) before income tax expense ..............................................  
Income tax expense (benefit) .................................................................  
Net income (loss) ...................................................................................  

2020 

100.0  %   
62.8  
37.2  
30.2  
(0.4) 
11.0  
(3.6) 
3.6  
(7.2) 
(0.7) 
(6.5) %   

Fiscal Year 
2019 

100.0  %   
60.3  
39.7  
29.0  
1.0  
—  
9.7  
2.2  
7.5  
1.7  
5.8  %   

2018 

100.0  % 
63.6  
36.4  
28.2  
1.7  
—  
6.5  
1.8  
4.7  
0.4  
4.3  % 

24 

 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
  
  
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
Net Sales 

Below we provide information regarding our net sales and analyze those results for each of the last three fiscal years. Fiscal 

year 2020 includes 53 weeks, and fiscal years 2019 and 2018 were both 52 week periods. 

2020 

Fiscal Year 

2019 
(in thousands) 

Percentage Change 

2018 

  2020 compared 
with 2019 

  2019 compared 
with 2018 

Net sales 
593,418     $  757,112     $  682,261     
       Americas .................................   $ 
319,677     
393,194     
351,287     
       Europe .....................................  
177,635     
192,723     
158,557     
       Asia-Pacific .............................  
Net sales .........................................   $  1,103,262     $  1,343,029     $  1,179,573     

(21.6) %   
(10.7) %   
(17.7) %   
(17.9) %   

11.0  % 
23.0  % 
8.5  % 
13.9  % 

Net sales for 2020 compared with 2019 

For fiscal year 2020, our net sales decreased $239.8 million (17.9%) compared to 2019. As discussed above, the decrease 
was primarily due to the impacts of COVID-19 resulting in lower sales volumes globally. Fluctuations in currency exchange 
rates had a positive impact on our year-over-year sales comparison of approximately $7.1 million, meaning that if currency levels 
had  remained  constant  year  over  year  our  2020  sales  would  have  been  lower  by  this  amount.  On  a  geographic  basis,  we 
experienced sales declines across all our regions. Sales in the Americas were down 21.6%, sales in Europe were down 10.7% as 
reported in U.S. dollars, and sales in our Asia-Pacific region were down 17.7%. 

The sales decrease of 21.6% in the Americas in 2020 was due primarily to the impacts of COVID-19 and lower carpet tile 
sales volumes. On a market segment basis, the sales decrease in the Americas was most significant in the corporate office (down 
33.8%), retail (down 34.8%), healthcare (down 15.2%) and education (down 8.3%) market segments, partially offset by increases 
in the residential living (up 23.8%) and public buildings (up 8.2%) market segments.  

In  Europe,  net  sales  in  the  region  decreased  both  in  U.S.  dollars  (down  10.7%)  and  local  currency  (down  12.5%).  The 
decrease in sales was due primarily to the impacts of COVID-19 and lower carpet tile sales volumes, partially offset by the 
strengthening of the Euro and British pound sterling against the U.S. dollar. On a market segment basis, the sales decrease in 
Europe was most significant in the corporate office (down 18.0%), hospitality (down 47.5%) and public buildings (down 14.2%) 
market segments, partially offset by increases in the transportation (up 40.3%), leisure (up 57.1%), healthcare (up 10.5%) and 
education (up 9.0%) market segments.  

In the Asia-Pacific region, net sales decreased 17.7% primarily due to the impacts of COVID-19 and lower carpet tile sales 
volumes. This sales decrease was partially offset by the strengthening of the Chinese Renminbi against the U.S. dollar. On a 
market segment basis, the sales decrease in Asia-Pacific was most significant in the corporate office (down 21.4%), retail (down 
43.2%), healthcare (down 32.6%), hospitality (down 34.3%) and public buildings (down 20.3%) market segments, partially offset 
by increases in the leisure (up 63.5%) and education (up 15.5%) market segments. 

Net sales for 2019 compared with 2018 

For 2019, our net sales increased $163.5 million (13.9%) compared to 2018. As discussed above, the 2019 period included 
revenue from the nora acquisition for the full fiscal year. The 2018 period included nora revenue only from the acquisition date 
on August 7, 2018 to the end of the 2018 fiscal year of $112.6 million during that stub period. The increase in net sales was 
primarily volume related and not materially impacted by changing prices. Fluctuations in currency exchange rates had a negative 
impact on our year-over-year sales comparison of approximately $26.2 million, meaning that if currency levels had remained 
constant year over year, our 2019 sales would have been higher by this amount. On a geographic basis, including the impact of 
the nora acquisition, we experienced sales growth across all of our regions. Sales in the Americas were up 11.0%, sales in Europe 
were up 23.0% as reported in U.S. dollars, and sales in Asia-Pacific were up 8.5%. 

25 

  
 
 
 
    
       
       
      
 
     
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
   
 
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
The sales increase of 11.0% in the Americas in 2019 was due primarily to the impact of the nora acquisition and growth 
from our LVT products. The legacy Americas carpet and LVT business grew approximately 3.6% for the year.  This increase in 
the  legacy business was due to  increased  sales  in  the  corporate office  market  segment (up 8.6%)  as well  as  increases  in  the 
healthcare (up 18.2%) and education (up 7.6%) market segments.  These legacy sales increases were partially offset by a decline 
in the retail market segment (down 24.6%). 

In Europe, sales in the region were up in both U.S. dollars (up 23.0%) and local currency (up 29.1%). This increase was due 
primarily to the impact of the nora acquisition and growth from our LVT products offset by weakening of the Euro and British 
pound sterling against the U.S. dollar. The legacy European carpet and LVT business declined 2.7% on a U.S. dollar basis, but 
grew 2.6% in local currency.  The sales growth in local currency in the legacy European business was most pronounced in the 
corporate office segment (up 6.9%). The decline in legacy sales on a U.S. dollars basis was primarily due to the weakening of 
the Euro and British pound sterling against the U.S. dollar.  

In Asia-Pacific, sales increased 8.5% primarily due to the impact of the nora acquisition and growth in our LVT products. 
This sales increase was partially offset by the weakening of the Australian dollar and lower sales in Australia.  The legacy Asia-
Pacific carpet and LVT business declined 3.9% on a U.S. dollar basis, but increased 0.1% in local currency.  The sales decline 
in the legacy Asia-Pacific business was primarily in the corporate (down 5.7%) and government (down 17.9%) market segments, 
partially offset by increases in the retail market segment (up 12.0%).  

Cost and Expenses 

The following table presents our overall cost of sales and selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses during the 

past three years: 

2020 

Fiscal Year 

2019 
(in thousands) 

Percentage Change 

2018 

  2020 compared 
with 2019 

  2019 compared 
with 2018 

Cost of sales ...................................   $ 
Selling, general and administrative 
expenses ......................................  

692,688     $  810,062     $  749,690     

333,229   

389,117   

332,975   

(14.5) %   

(14.4) % 

8.1  % 

16.9  % 

For 2020, our costs of sales decreased $117.4 million (14.5%) compared to 2019, primarily due to lower net sales. Currency 
translation had a $4.7 million (0.6%) negative impact on the year-over-year comparison. As a percentage of sales, our costs of 
sales  increased  to  62.8%  in  2020  versus  60.3%  in  2019,  primarily  due  to  changes  in  fixed  cost  absorption  driven  by  lower 
production volumes due to the impact of COVID-19. 

For 2019, our costs of sales increased $60.4 million (8.1%) compared with 2018. Included in 2019 are costs of sales for the 
acquired nora business for the full year, which includes purchase accounting amortization of $5.9 million related to acquired 
intangible  assets.  Fluctuations  in  currency  exchange  rates  had  a  1.8%  positive  impact  on  the  year-over-year  comparison.  In 
absolute dollars, the increase in costs of sales was a result of higher sales for 2019 as compared to 2018, as well as the full year 
impact of the acquired nora business. As a percentage of sales, our costs of sales decreased to 60.3% in 2019 versus 63.6% in 
2018. This decrease was primarily due to productivity initiatives and the nora non-recurring inventory step-up amortization which 
occurred in 2018, but did not recur in 2019. 

For 2020, our SG&A expenses decreased $55.9 million (14.4%) versus 2019. Currency translation had a $1.5 million (0.4%) 
negative  impact  on  the  year-over-year  comparison.  SG&A  expenses  were  lower  in  2020  primarily  due  to  (1)  lower  selling 
expenses of $54.8 million due to lower net sales, (2) $7.3 million of payroll expense credits related to COVID-19 wage support 
government  assistance  programs,  and  (3)  $9.2  million  lower  performance-based  compensation  due  to  forfeitures  and  target 
performance measures not being met due to COVID-19. These reductions were partially offset by $12.9 million of severance 
expenses due to voluntary and involuntary separations, and a $5.0 million fine to settle the SEC matter as referenced in Item 8 
Note 18 - “Commitments and Contingencies”. As a percentage of sales, SG&A expenses increased to 30.2% in 2020 versus 
29.0% in 2019 primarily due to lower net sales. 

26 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
       
       
      
 
     
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
                    
 
 
For 2019, our SG&A expenses increased $56.1 million (16.9%) versus 2018. Included in the 2019 period were a full year 
of SG&A expenses for the acquired nora business versus only a stub period of approximately five months in 2018. Fluctuations 
in currency rates had a 1.5% favorable impact on SG&A expenses. The increase in SG&A expenses during the year was primarily 
due to (1) higher selling expenses for the full year impact in 2019 of the acquired nora business, (2) higher year-over-year legal 
expenses of $3.5 million related to the SEC matter discussed in Note 18 – “Commitments and Contingencies”, and (3) higher 
selling  expenses  related  to  bringing  the  Company’s  global  sales  organization  together  for  a  meeting  to  accelerate  the  nora 
integration, advance our selling system transformation, and engage the sales force in the Company’s sustainability mission. These 
increases were partially offset by lower stock compensation expense of $5.8 million compared to prior year. As a percentage of 
sales, SG&A expenses increased to 29.0% in 2019 versus 28.2% in 2018. 

Interest Expense 

For 2020, our interest expense increased $3.6 million to $29.2 million, versus $25.6 million in 2019, primarily due to (1) a 
$3.6  million  loss  on  extinguishment  of  debt  to  amend  the  Syndicated  Credit  Facility  and  repay  a  portion  of  outstanding 
indebtedness  thereunder,  and  (2)  a  $3.9  million  reclassification  from  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  for  deferred 
interest rate swap losses due to the termination of our interest rate swap contracts. These increases were partially offset by lower 
average interest rates on our borrowings under the Syndicated Credit Facility (our average borrowing rate for 2020 was 1.89% 
compared to 3.27% in 2019) and lower outstanding borrowings under the Syndicated Credit Facility compared to 2019. 

For 2019, our interest expense increased $10.2 million to $25.6 million, versus $15.4 million in 2018. This increase was a 
result of higher outstanding borrowings incurred in August 2018 to complete the nora acquisition offset slightly by lower average 
interest rates on our borrowings (our average borrowing rate, including the impact of interest rate swaps, for 2019 was 3.27% as 
compared to 3.50% for 2018). Our interest rate swaps, entered into in 2017 and 2019, had approximately $0.2 million impact on 
interest expense for 2019. 

Tax 

For the year ended January 3, 2021, the Company recorded an income tax benefit of $7.5 million on pre-tax loss of $79.4 
million resulting in an effective tax rate of 9.4%. The effective tax rate for this period was significantly impacted by a non-
deductible goodwill impairment charge and recognition of income tax benefits related to uncertain tax positions taken in prior 
years on discontinued operations. Excluding the impact of the non-deductible goodwill impairment charge and recognition of 
income  tax  benefits  related  to  uncertain  tax  positions  on  discontinued  operations,  the  effective  tax  rate  was  14.1%  for  2020 
compared to 22.2% in 2019. The decrease in the effective tax rate, excluding the goodwill impairment charge and recognition of 
income tax benefits related to uncertain tax positions on discontinued operations, was primarily due to the favorable impacts of 
amending prior year tax returns, retroactive election of the GILTI High-tax Exclusion in the 2019 tax return and reduction in 
non-deductible employee compensation. This decrease was partially offset by the non-deductible SEC penalty. 

Our effective tax rate in 2019 was 22.2%, compared with an effective tax rate of 8.6% in 2018. The increase in our effective 
tax rate in 2019 compared to 2018 was primarily due to a nonrecurring $6.7 million tax benefit realized in 2018 related to the 
impacts of the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act enacted into law in 2017. In addition, there was a net increase in our effective tax rate 
in 2019 due to less U.S. federal and foreign tax credits which was partially offset by a reduction in non-deductible expenses, 
favorable change in unrecognized tax benefits and a higher portion of income earned in foreign jurisdictions not subject to U.S. 
state income taxes. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

General 

In our business, we require cash and other liquid assets primarily to purchase raw materials and to pay other manufacturing 
costs,  in  addition  to  funding  normal  course  SG&A  expenses,  anticipated  capital  expenditures,  interest  expense  and  potential 
special projects. We generate our cash and other liquidity requirements primarily from our operations and from borrowings or 
letters  of  credit  under  our  Syndicated  Credit  Facility  and  Senior  Notes  discussed  below.  We  anticipate  that  our  liquidity  is 
sufficient to meet our obligations for the next 12 months. 

Historically,  we  use  more  cash  in  the  first  half  of  the  fiscal  year,  as  we  pay  insurance  premiums,  taxes  and  incentive 

compensation and build up inventory in preparation for the holiday/vacation season of our international operations. 

27 

  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
At January 3, 2021, we had $103.1 million in cash. Approximately $1.7 million of this cash was located in the U.S., and the 
remaining $101.4 million was located outside of the U.S. The cash located outside of the U.S. is indefinitely reinvested in the 
respective  jurisdictions  (except  as  identified  below).  We  believe  that  our  strategic  plans  and  business  needs,  particularly  for 
working capital needs and capital expenditure requirements in Europe, Asia, and Australia, support our assertion that a portion 
of our cash in foreign locations will be reinvested and remittance will be postponed indefinitely. Of the $101.4 million of cash 
in  foreign  jurisdictions,  approximately  $13.7  million  represents  earnings  which  we  have  determined  are  not  permanently 
reinvested, and as such we have provided for foreign withholding and U.S. state income taxes on these amounts in accordance 
with applicable accounting standards. 

As of January 3, 2021, we had $285.2 million of borrowings outstanding under our Syndicated Credit Facility, of which 
$282.2 million were term loan borrowings and $3.0 million were revolving loan borrowings. Additionally, $1.6 million in letters 
of credit were outstanding under the Syndicated Credit Facility at the end of fiscal year 2020. As of January 3, 2021, we had 
additional borrowing capacity of $295.4 million under the Syndicated Credit Facility and $6.0 million of additional borrowing 
capacity under our other credit facilities in place at other non-U.S. subsidiaries. 

On November 17, 2020, we issued $300 million aggregate principal amount of 5.50% Senior Notes due 2028 (the “Senior 

Notes”), which are discussed further below. As of January 3, 2021, we had $300.0 million of Senior Notes outstanding. 

We have approximately $81.2 million in contractual cash obligations due by the end of fiscal year 2021, which includes, 
among other things, pension cash contributions, interest payments on our debt and lease commitments. Based on current interest 
rates and debt levels, we expect our aggregate interest expense for 2021 to be between $32 million and $33 million. We estimate 
aggregate capital expenditures in 2021 to be approximately $30 million, although we are not committed to these amounts. 

It is important for you to consider that we have a significant amount of indebtedness. Our Syndicated Credit Facility matures 
in November of 2025 and the Senior Notes, as discussed below, mature in December 2028. We cannot assure you that we will 
be able to renegotiate or refinance any of our debt on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we are unable to refinance our 
debt or obtain new financing, we would have to consider other options, such as selling assets to meet our debt service obligations 
and other liquidity needs, or using cash, if available, that would have been used for other business purposes. 

It is also important for you to consider that borrowings under our Syndicated Credit Facility comprise a substantial portion 
of our indebtedness, and that these borrowings are based on variable interest rates (as described below) that expose the Company 
to the risk that short-term interest may increase. During 2020, we entered into fixed rate Senior Notes (as described below) which 
reduced the amount of indebtedness subject to interest rate risk. In the fourth quarter of 2020, we terminated our interest rate 
swaps that were previously being used to fix a portion of our variable rate debt. For information regarding the current variable 
interest rates of these borrowings, the potential impact on our interest expense from hypothetical increases in short term interest 
rates, and the interest rate swap transaction, please see the discussion in Item 7A of this Report. 

Syndicated Credit Facility  

On August 7, 2018, we amended and restated our Syndicated Credit Facility (the “Facility”) in connection with the nora 
acquisition. The purpose of the amended and restated Facility was to fund the nora purchase price and related fees and expenses 
of the acquisition, and to increase the credit available to us and our subsidiaries following the closing of the nora acquisition in 
view of the larger enterprise.  

On December 18, 2019, the Company again amended the Facility, with certain of its wholly-owned foreign subsidiaries as 
co-borrowers. The primary purpose of this amendment was to allow the Company to make various intercompany transactions. 

On July 15, 2020 and November 17, 2020, the Company entered into the second and third amendments, respectively, to its 
Facility. The primary purpose of the second amendment was to provide the Company with a less restrictive consolidated net 
leverage ratio covenant in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. The primary purpose of the third amendment was to extend the 
maturity date of the Facility to November 2025, replace the consolidated net leverage ratio covenant with a consolidated secured 
net leverage ratio, and modify various interest rate provisions. See Note 9 – “Long-Term Debt” in Item 8 of this Report for 
additional information. 

At January 3, 2021, the Facility provides the Company and certain of its subsidiaries with a multicurrency revolving loan 

facility up to $300 million, as well as other U.S. denominated and multicurrency term loans.  

28 

  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
In connection with the 2018 amendment to the Facility as discussed above, we recorded $8.8 million of debt issuance costs 
associated with the new term loans that are reflected as a reduction of long-term debt. In connection with the second and third 
amendments  to  the  Facility  as  discussed  above,  the  Company  recorded  debt  issuance  costs  of  $1.5 million  and  $0.9 million, 
respectively. These debt issuance costs were allocated between term and revolving loans and a portion recorded as a reduction 
of long-term debt ($1.1 million) for the term loans and other assets ($1.3 million) for the revolving loans, in accordance with 
applicable accounting standards. As of January 3, 2021, total outstanding debt issuance costs were $10.6 million.  

Interest Rates and Fees 

Under the Facility, interest on base rate loans is charged at varying rates computed by applying a margin ranging from 0.25% 
to 2.00%, depending on the Company’s consolidated net leverage ratio (as defined in the Facility agreement) as of the most 
recently completed fiscal quarter. Interest on Eurocurrency-based loans and fees for letters of credit are charged at varying rates 
computed  by  applying  a  margin  ranging  from  1.25%  to  3.00%  over  the  applicable  Eurocurrency  rate,  depending  on  the 
Company’s consolidated net leverage ratio as of the most recently completed fiscal quarter.  In addition, the Company pays a 
commitment fee ranging from 0.20% to 0.40% per annum (depending on the Company’s consolidated net leverage ratio as of 
the most recently completed fiscal quarter) on the unused portion of the Facility. 

Covenants 

The Facility contains standard and customary covenants for agreements of this type, including various reporting, affirmative 

and negative covenants. Among other things, these covenants limit our ability to: 

•     create or incur liens on assets; 
•     make acquisitions of or investments in businesses (in excess of certain specified amounts); 
•     engage in any material line of business substantially different from the Company’s current lines of business; 
•     incur indebtedness or contingent obligations; 
•     sell or dispose of assets (in excess of certain specified amounts); 
•     pay dividends or repurchase our stock (in excess of certain specified amounts); 
•     repay other indebtedness prior to maturity unless we meet certain conditions; and 
•     enter into sale and leaseback transactions. 

The Facility also requires us to remain in compliance with the following financial covenants as of the end of each fiscal 

quarter, based on our consolidated results for the year then ended: 

•     Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio: Must be no greater than 3.00:1.00. 
•     Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio: Must be no less than 2.25:1.00. 

Events of Default 

If we breach or fail to perform any of the affirmative or negative covenants under the Facility, or if other specified events 
occur (such as a bankruptcy or similar event or a change of control of Interface, Inc. or certain subsidiaries, or if we breach or 
fail to perform any covenant or agreement contained in any instrument relating to any of our other indebtedness exceeding $20 
million), after giving effect to any applicable notice and right to cure provisions, an event of default will exist. If an event of 
default exists and is continuing, the lenders’ Administrative Agent may, and upon the written request of a specified percentage 
of the lender group shall: 

•     declare all commitments of the lenders under the facility terminated; 
•     declare all amounts outstanding or accrued thereunder immediately due and payable; and 
•     exercise other rights and remedies available to them under the agreement and applicable law. 

Collateral 

Pursuant to a Second Amended and Restated Security and Pledge Agreement, the Facility is secured by substantially all of 
the assets of Interface, Inc. and our domestic subsidiaries (subject to exceptions for certain immaterial subsidiaries), including 
all of the stock of our domestic subsidiaries and up to 65% of the stock of our first-tier material foreign subsidiaries. If an event 
of default occurs under the Facility, the lenders’ Administrative Agent may, upon the request of a specified percentage of lenders, 
exercise remedies with respect to the collateral, including, in some instances, foreclosing mortgages on real estate assets, taking 

29 

 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
possession of or selling personal property assets, collecting accounts receivables, or exercising proxies to take control of the 
pledged stock of domestic and first-tier material foreign subsidiaries. 

 As  of  January 3,  2021,  we  had  outstanding  $282.2  million  of  term  loan  borrowing  and  $3.0  million  of  revolving  loan 
borrowings under the Facility, and had $1.6 million in letters of credit outstanding under the Facility. As of January 3, 2021, the 
weighted average interest rate on borrowings outstanding under the Facility was 1.89%.  

Under the Facility, we are required to make quarterly amortization payments of the term loan borrowings, which commenced 

in the fourth quarter of 2018. The amortization payments are due on the last day of the calendar quarter. 

We are currently in compliance with all covenants under the Facility and anticipate that we will remain in compliance with 

the covenants for the foreseeable future. 

In the third quarter of 2017 and first quarter of 2019, we entered into interest rate swap transactions that fixed the variable 
interest rate with respect to $100 million and $150 million, respectively, of the term loan borrowings then outstanding under the 
Syndicated Credit Facility. In the fourth quarter of 2020, we terminated both interest rate swaps and paid approximately $13 
million to terminate the swap agreements. For additional information on interest rates, please see Item 7A and Note 9 entitled 
“Long-Term Debt” in Item 8 of this Report. 

Senior Notes 

On November 17, 2020, the Company issued $300 million aggregate principal amount of 5.50% Senior Notes due 2028. 
The Senior Notes bear an interest rate at 5.50% per annum and mature on December 1, 2028. Interest is paid semi-annually on 
June 1 and December 1 of each year, beginning on June 1, 2021. The Company used the net proceeds to repay $269.7 million of 
outstanding term loan borrowings and $21.0 million of outstanding revolving loan borrowings under the Facility. In connection 
with the issuance of the Senior Notes, the Company recorded $5.7 million of debt issuance costs. These debt issuance costs were 
recorded as a reduction of long-term debt in the consolidated balance sheets and will be amortized over the life of the outstanding 
debt. 

The  Senior Notes  are  unsecured  and  are  guaranteed,  jointly  and severally,  by  each of  the  Company’s  material domestic 
subsidiaries,  all  of  which  also  guarantee  the  obligations of  the  Company  under  its  existing  Facility. The  Company’s  foreign 
subsidiaries  and  certain  non-material  domestic  subsidiaries  are  considered  non-guarantors.  Net  sales  for  the  non-guarantor 
subsidiaries were approximately $548 million for fiscal year 2020. Total indebtedness of the non-guarantor subsidiaries was 
approximately $88 million as of January 3, 2021. The Senior Notes can be redeemed on or after December 1, 2023 at specified 
redemption prices. See Note 9 - entitled “Long-Term Debt” in Item 8 of this report for additional information. 

Analysis of Cash Flows 

The following table presents a summary of cash flows for fiscal years 2020, 2019, and 2018: 

Net cash provided by (used in): 

Operating activities ..............................................................  $ 
Investing activities ............................................................... 
Financing activities .............................................................. 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash .................................... 
Net change in cash and cash equivalents .................................... 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period ...................... 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period ................................  $ 

2020 

Fiscal Year 
2019 
(in thousands) 

2018 

119,070     $ 
(61,689)    
(42,715)    
7,086     
21,752     
81,301     
103,053     $ 

141,768     $ 
(74,222)    
(66,677)    
(557)    
312     
80,989     
81,301     $ 

91,767   
(455,685)  
361,526   
(3,656)  
(6,048)  
87,037   
80,989   

30 

 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
    
       
       
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
We ended 2020 with $103.1 million in cash, an increase of $21.8 million during the year. The increase was primarily due to 

the following: 

•    Cash provided by operating activities was $119.1 million for 2020, which represents a decrease of $22.7 million compared 
to 2019. The decrease was primarily due to lower net income due to the impacts of COVID-19, offset by working capital 
sources of cash, specifically a decrease in accounts receivable of $40.1 million, lower inventories of $38.7 million and 
lower prepaid and other expenses of $13.0 million. These sources of cash were offset by a $60.9 million use of cash in 
accounts payable and accrued expenses to fund normal operations. 

•   Cash used in investing activities was $61.7 million for 2020, which represents a decrease of $12.5 million from 2019. 
The decrease was primarily due to lower capital expenditures compared to 2019 due to fewer project demands and lower 
capital investment as a result of the impacts of COVID-19. 

•    Cash used in financing activities was $42.7 million for 2020, which represents a decrease of $24.0 million compared to 
2019. Financing activities for 2020 include higher loan borrowings of $320.0 million due to the issuance of $300 million 
of Senior Notes, offset by (1) higher repayments of revolving and term loan borrowings as the proceeds from the issuance 
of the Senior Notes were used to repay $290.7 million of outstanding term and revolving loan borrowings under the 
Syndicated Credit Facility and (2) a decrease in dividends paid of $9.8 million. 

We ended 2019 with $81.3 million in cash, an increase of $0.3 million during the year. The most significant uses of cash in 
2019 were (1) repayments on our Syndicated Credit Facility of $111.7 million offset by borrowings of $90 million, (2) capital 
expenditures of $74.6 million, (3) $25.2 million to repurchase 1.6 million shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock, 
and (3) dividend payments of $15.4 million These uses were offset by cash flow from operations of $141.8 million, primarily 
generated from (1) net income of $79.2 million, (2) $19.4 million for increases in accounts payable and accrued expenses, and 
(3) $2.6 million due to a decrease in inventories. These sources of cash were reduced by working capital uses of (1) $9.7 million 
due to increases in prepaid expenses and (2) $0.9 million due to increases in accounts receivable. 

We ended 2018 with $81.0 million in cash, a decrease of $6.0 million during the year. During 2018, we borrowed $462.8 
million of new term loan debt to finance the acquisition of nora. The cash purchase price for nora, net of cash acquired, was 
$400.7 million. Other than the nora purchase transaction, the most significant uses of cash in 2018 were (1) repayments on our 
Syndicated Credit Facility of $64.5 million, (2) capital expenditures of $54.9 million, (3) dividend payments of $15.5 million 
and (4) $14.5 million of cash used to repurchase our common stock. These uses were offset by cash flow generated by operations 
of $91.8 million. Our cash flow from operations was primarily generated by net income of $50.3 million. This net income was 
offset by working capital uses, primarily $18.8 million for an increase in inventory and $15.5 million due to increases in prepaid 
and other current assets. The Company generated cash of $9.9 million for increases in accounts payable and accrued expenses. 
In addition to working capital generation of cash, the Company also borrowed $17 million under its Syndicated Credit Facility 
during 2018. 

We  believe  that  our  liquidity  position  will  provide  sufficient  funds  to  meet  our  current  commitments  and  other  cash 

requirements for the foreseeable future.  

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Funding Obligations  

We have various contractual obligations that we must fund as part of our normal operations. The following table discloses 
aggregate  information  about  our  contractual  obligations  and  the  periods  in  which  payments  are  due.  The  amounts  and  time 
periods are measured from January 3, 2021. 

Total Payments 
Due 

  Less than 
1 year 

Payments Due by Period 

3-5 years 

  More than 

5 years 

1-3 years 
(in thousands) 

Long-Term Debt Obligations(1) .............  $ 
Operating and Finance Lease 

Obligations(2) ......................................  
Expected Interest Payments(3) ...............  
Unconditional Purchase Obligations(4) ..  
Pension Cash Obligations(5) ..................  
Total Contractual Cash Obligations(6) ...  $ 

________________________ 

585,215     $ 

15,319     $ 

30,638     $  239,258     $ 

143,198   
160,257     
14,529     
36,923     
940,122     $ 

21,344   
30,457   
20,653   
41,589     
45,729     
23,439     
—     
—     
14,529     
7,262     
6,624     
6,315     
81,202     $  113,139     $  308,815     $ 

300,000    

70,744    
49,500    
—    
16,722    
436,966    

(1)  Total long-term debt in the consolidated balance sheet includes a reduction for unamortized debt issuance costs of $8.6 
million  which are  excluded  from  the  long-term  debt  obligations  in  the  table  above.  The  table  above  includes  $15.3 
million classified as the current portion of long-term debt in the consolidated balance sheet of January 3, 2021. 

(2)   Operating and finance lease obligations represent undiscounted future lease payments. 

(3)   Expected  interest  payments  to  be  made  in  future  periods  reflect  anticipated  interest  payments  related  to  the 
$300.0 million of 5.50% Senior Notes due 2028 outstanding, $282.2 million of Term Loan borrowings outstanding and 
the $3.0 million of revolving loan borrowings outstanding under our Syndicated Credit Facility as of January 3, 2021. 
We have also assumed in the presentation above that these borrowings will remain outstanding until maturity with the 
exception of the required amortization payments for our term loan borrowings. 

(4)  Unconditional purchase obligations do not include unconditional purchase obligations that are included as liabilities in 
our consolidated balance sheet. Our capital expenditure commitments of approximately $9.6 million are included in the 
table above. 

(5)  We have three foreign defined benefit plans and a domestic salary continuation plan. Our domestic salary continuation 
plan and the nora plan are unfunded plans, and we do not currently have any commitments to make contributions to 
these plans. However, the table above includes the expected benefit payments for these unfunded plans which will be 
paid  by  the  Company.  We  use  insurance  instruments  to  hedge  our  exposure  under  the  salary  continuation  plan. 
Contributions to our other employee benefit plans are at our discretion. The above table does not reflect expected benefit 
payments for two of our funded foreign defined benefit plans of approximately $114.8 million, which will be paid by 
the plans over the next ten years. 

(6)  The above table does not reflect unrecognized tax benefits of $10.8 million, the timing of which payments are uncertain. 

See Note 17 entitled “Income Taxes” in Item 8 of this Report for further information. 

32 

  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forward-Looking Statement on Impact of COVID-19 

While we are aggressively managing our response to the COVID-19 pandemic, its impacts on our full year fiscal 2021 results 
and beyond are uncertain. We believe the most significant elements of uncertainty are (1) the intensity and duration of the impact 
on construction, renovation, and remodeling; (2) corporate, government, and consumer spending levels and sentiment; and (3) 
the ability of our sales channels, supply chain, manufacturing, and distribution partners to continue operating through disruptions. 
Any or all of these factors could negatively impact our financial position, results of operations, cash flows, and outlook. As the 
impact of the COVID-19 pandemic continues to affect companies with global operations, we anticipate that our business and 
results in the first quarter of 2021 will continue to be adversely affected, and the timeline and pace of recovery is uncertain. Due 
to customary seasonality and the impact of COVID-19, we anticipate a sequential decrease in revenue and operating income in 
the first quarter of fiscal year 2021 compared with the fourth quarter of 2020. 

During 2020, the Company implemented several cost reduction and avoidance initiatives to align with anticipated customer 
demand, including a voluntary employee separation program, temporary employee furloughs and other time-and-pay reduction 
programs,  involuntary  employee  separations  where  necessary  to  streamline  roles  and  responsibilities,  and  various  other  cost 
reducing initiatives. The Company also suspended merit-based salary increases, as well as its 401(k) and Non-Qualified Savings 
Plan (NSP) matching contributions, and benefited from lower than originally anticipated performance-based compensation and 
variable compensation for 2020. In addition, the Company reduced its capital spending plans. 

In  January  2021,  the  Company  resumed  its  401(k)  and  NSP  matching  contributions  on  a  prospective  basis,  as  well  as 
customary  merit-based  salary  increases  for  fiscal  year  2021.  The  Company  will  also  establish  new  performance-based 
compensation and variable compensation targets for fiscal year 2021. All of these items will increase costs compared to fiscal 
year 2020. 

Cash  flows  from  operations,  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  and  other  sources  of  liquidity  are  expected  to  be  available  and 
sufficient  to  meet  foreseeable  cash  requirements.  However,  the  Company’s  cash  flows  from  operations  can  be  affected  by 
numerous factors including the uncertainty of COVID-19 and its impact on global operations, raw material availability and cost, 
demand for our products, and other factors described in “Risk Factors” included in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 
10-K.  

Critical Accounting Policies 

The policies discussed below are considered by management to be critical to an understanding of our consolidated financial 
statements because their application places the most significant demands on management’s judgment, with financial reporting 
results relying on estimations about the effects of matters that are inherently uncertain. Specific risks for these critical accounting 
policies are described in the following paragraphs. For all of these policies, management cautions that future events may not 
develop as forecasted, and the best estimates routinely require adjustment. 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets. Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment at the asset group level whenever events 
or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  value  may  not  be  recoverable.  If  the  sum  of  the  expected  future 
undiscounted cash flow is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment is indicated. A loss is then recognized for 
the difference, if any, between the fair value of the asset (as estimated by management using its best judgment) and the carrying 
value of the asset. The management estimate of fair value considers undiscounted cash flows, market conditions and trends, and 
other industry specific metrics. If actual market value is less favorable than that estimated by management, additional write-
downs may be required. 

Deferred Income Tax Assets and Liabilities. The carrying values of deferred income tax assets and liabilities reflect the 
application  of  our  income  tax  accounting  policies  in  accordance  with  applicable  accounting  standards  and  are  based  on 
management’s  assumptions  and  estimates  regarding  future  operating  results  and  levels  of  taxable  income,  as  well  as 
management’s judgment regarding the interpretation of the provisions of applicable accounting standards. The carrying values 
of liabilities for income taxes currently payable are based on management’s interpretations of applicable tax laws and incorporate 
management’s assumptions and judgments regarding the use of tax planning strategies in various taxing jurisdictions. The use of 
different estimates, assumptions and judgments in connection with accounting for income taxes may result in materially different 
carrying values of income tax assets and liabilities and results of operations. 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
We evaluate the recoverability of these deferred tax assets by assessing the adequacy of future expected taxable income from 
all  sources,  including  reversal  of  taxable  temporary  differences,  forecasted  operating  earnings  and  available  tax  planning 
strategies. These sources of income inherently rely heavily on estimates. We use our historical experience and our short and long-
term  business forecasts  to provide  insight. Further,  our  global business portfolio  gives  us  the opportunity  to  employ  various 
prudent and feasible tax planning strategies to facilitate the recoverability of future deductions. To the extent we do not consider 
it more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will be recovered, a valuation allowance is established. As of January 3, 2021, 
and December 29, 2019, we had state net operating loss carryforwards of $142.7 million and $87.6 million, respectively. Certain 
of these state net operating loss carryforwards are reserved with a valuation allowance because, based on the available evidence, 
we believe it is more likely than not that we would not be able to utilize those deferred tax assets in the future. The remaining 
year-end  2020  amounts  are  expected  to  be  fully  recoverable  within  the  applicable  statutory  expiration  periods.  If  the  actual 
amounts of taxable income differ from our estimates, the amount of our valuation allowance could be materially impacted. 

Goodwill. Prior to the adoption of ASU 2017-04 “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other”, we tested goodwill for impairment at 
least annually using a two-step approach. In the first step of this approach, we prepared valuations of reporting units, using both 
a market comparable approach and an income approach, and those valuations are compared with the respective book values of 
the reporting units to determine whether any goodwill impairment exists. In preparing the valuations, past, present and expected 
future performance is considered. If impairment was indicated in this first step of the test, a step two valuation approach was 
performed. The step two valuation approach compared the implied fair value of goodwill to the book value of goodwill. The 
implied  fair  value  of  goodwill  was  determined  by  allocating  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit  to  the  assets  and 
liabilities of the reporting unit, including both recognized and unrecognized intangible assets, in the same manner as goodwill is 
determined in a business combination under applicable accounting standards. After completion of this step two test, a loss was 
recognized for the difference, if any, between the fair value of the goodwill associated with the reporting unit and the book value 
of that goodwill. If the actual fair value of the goodwill was determined to be less than that estimated, an additional write-down 
may be required. 

 On December 30, 2019, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update 2017-04, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other,” 
that provides for the elimination of Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. Under the new guidance, impairment charges are 
recognized to the extent the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value with certain limitations. 

In  accordance  with  applicable  accounting  standards,  the  Company  tests  goodwill  for  impairment  annually  and  between 
annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit 
below its carrying amount. During the fourth quarters of 2020, 2019 and 2018, we performed the annual goodwill impairment 
test. We perform this test at the reporting unit level. For our reporting units which carried a goodwill balance as of January 3, 
2021, no impairment of goodwill was indicated. As of January 3, 2021, if our estimates of the fair value of our reporting units 
were 10% lower, we believe no additional goodwill impairment would have existed. However, the full extent of the future impact 
of  COVID-19  on  the  Company’s  operations  is  uncertain,  and  a  prolonged  COVID-19  pandemic  could  result  in  additional 
impairment of goodwill. 

Inventories. We determine the value of inventories using the lower of cost or net realizable value. We write down inventories 
for the difference between the carrying value of the inventories and their net realizable value. If actual market conditions are less 
favorable than those projected by management, additional write-downs may be required. 

We estimate our reserves for inventory obsolescence by continuously examining our inventories to determine if there are 
indicators that carrying values exceed net realizable values. Experience has shown that significant indicators that could require 
the need for additional inventory write-downs are the age of the inventory, the length of its product life cycles, anticipated demand 
for our products and current economic conditions. While we believe that adequate write-downs for inventory obsolescence have 
been  made  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  consumer  tastes  and  preferences  will  continue  to  change  and  we  could 
experience additional inventory write-downs in the future. Our inventory reserve on January 3, 2021 and December 29, 2019, 
was  $35.0  million  and  $28.3  million,  respectively.  To  the  extent  that  actual  obsolescence  of  our  inventory  differs  from  our 
estimate by 10%, our 2020 net income would be higher or lower by approximately $3.2 million, on an after-tax basis. 

34 

  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
Pension  Benefits.  Net  pension  expense  recorded  is  based  on,  among  other  things,  assumptions  about  the  discount  rate, 
estimated return on plan assets and salary increases. While management believes these assumptions are reasonable, changes in 
these and other factors and differences between actual and assumed changes in the present value of liabilities or assets of our 
plans above certain thresholds could cause net annual expense to increase or decrease materially from year to year. The actuarial 
assumptions used in our salary continuation plan and our foreign defined benefit plans reporting are reviewed periodically and 
compared with  external  benchmarks  to  ensure  that  they  appropriately  account  for our future  pension benefit  obligation. The 
expected long-term rate of return on plan assets assumption is based on weighted average expected returns for each asset class. 
Expected returns reflect a combination of historical performance analysis and the forward-looking views of the financial markets, 
and include input from actuaries, investment service firms and investment managers. The table below represents the changes to 
the projected benefit obligation as a result of changes in discount rate assumptions: 

Foreign Defined Benefit Plans 

Increase (Decrease) in 
Projected Benefit 
Obligation 
(in millions) 

1% increase in actuarial assumption for discount rate .........................................................................   $ 
1% decrease in actuarial assumption for discount rate ........................................................................  

(55.8)  
72.0   

Domestic Salary Continuation Plan 

Increase (Decrease) in 
Projected Benefit 
Obligation 
(in millions) 

1% increase in actuarial assumption for discount rate .........................................................................   $ 
1% decrease in actuarial assumption for discount rate ........................................................................  

(3.5)  
4.3   

Allowances for Expected Credit Losses. We maintain allowances for expected credit losses resulting from the inability of 
customers to make required payments. Estimating the amount of future expected losses requires us to consider historical losses 
from our customers, as well as current market conditions and future forecasts of our customers’ ability to make payments for 
goods and services. By its nature, such an estimate is highly subjective, and it is possible that the amount of accounts receivable 
that we are unable to collect may be different than the amount initially estimated. Our allowance for expected credit losses on 
January 3, 2021 and December 29, 2019, was $6.6 million and $3.8 million, respectively. To the extent the actual collectability 
of our accounts receivable differs from our estimates by 10%, our 2020 net income would be higher or lower by approximately 
$0.6 million, on an after-tax basis, depending on whether the actual collectability was better or worse, respectively, than the 
estimated allowance. 

Product Warranties. We typically provide limited warranties with respect to certain attributes of our carpet products (for 
example, warranties regarding excessive surface wear, edge ravel and static electricity) for periods ranging from ten to twenty 
years, depending on the particular carpet product and the environment in which the product is to be installed. Similar limited 
warranties are provided on certain attributes of our rubber and LVT products, typically for a period of 5 to 15 years. We typically 
warrant that any services performed will be free from defects in workmanship for a period of one year following completion. In 
the event of a breach of warranty, the remedy typically is limited to repair of the problem or replacement of the affected product. 
We record a provision related to warranty costs based on historical experience and periodically adjust these provisions to reflect 
changes in actual experience. Our warranty and sales allowance reserve on January 3, 2021 and December 29, 2019, was $3.2 
million and $3.9 million, respectively. Actual warranty expense incurred could vary significantly from amounts that we estimate. 
To the extent the actual warranty expense differs from our estimates by 10%, our 2020 net income would be higher or lower by 
approximately $0.3 million, on an after-tax basis, depending on whether the actual expense is lower or higher, respectively, than 
the estimated provision. 

nora  Acquisition.  We  are  required  to  estimate  the  fair  value  of  the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  in  business 
combinations as of the acquisition date, including identified intangible assets. The amount of purchase price paid in excess of the 
net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. The fair values are estimated in accordance with accounting standards which define 
fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market 
participants. The fair values of the net assets acquired are determined primarily using Level 3 inputs (inputs that are unobservable 
to the marketplace participant). 

35 

 
 
 
    
 
  
  
  
    
 
  
  
  
  
The most significant of the fair value estimates is related to intangible assets not subject to amortization and intangible assets 
subject to amortization. We acquired $103.3 million of intangible assets in connection with the nora acquisition. This amount of 
intangible  assets  was  determined  based  primarily  on  nora’s  projected  cash  flows.  The  projected  cash  flows  include  various 
assumptions,  including  the  timing  of  projects  embedded  in  backlog,  success  in  securing  future  business,  profitability  of  the 
business, and the appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate used to discount the projected cash flows. At January 3, 2021 intangible 
assets, net of amortization and impairments, were approximately $87.7 million. The final residual value assigned to goodwill 
related to the nora acquisition was $201.9 million, at the acquisition date exchange rate. We completed our final valuation of the 
assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date in the second quarter of 2019. At January 3, 2021, goodwill, net of 
impairments, was $165.8 million. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

We are not a party to any material off-balance sheet arrangements. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements  

Please see Note 2 entitled “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” in Item 8 of this Report for discussion of these items. 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

Market Risk 

As a result of the scope of our global operations, we are exposed to an element of market risk from changes in interest rates 
and foreign currency exchange rates. Our results of operations and financial condition could be impacted by this risk. We manage 
our exposure to market risk through our regular operating and financial activities and, to the extent we deem appropriate, through 
the use of derivative financial instruments. 

We  employ  derivative  financial  instruments  as  risk  management  tools  and  not  for  speculative  or  trading  purposes.  We 
monitor the use of derivative financial instruments through objective measurable systems, well-defined market and credit risk 
limits, and timely reports to senior management according to prescribed guidelines. We have established strict counter-party 
credit guidelines and enter into transactions only with financial institutions with a rating of investment grade or better. As a result, 
we consider the risk of counter-party default to be minimal. 

Interest Rate Market Risk Exposure 

Changes in interest rates affect the interest paid on certain of our debt. To mitigate the impact of fluctuations in interest rates, 
our management monitors interest rates and has developed and implemented a policy to maintain the percentage of fixed and 
variable rate debt within certain parameters, subject to approval by our Board of Directors. In 2017 and 2019, the Company 
entered into interest rate swap transactions with regard to a portion of its term loan debt. The Company’s interest rate swaps were 
designated and qualified as cash flow hedges of forecasted interest payments. Both of the Company’s interest rate swaps were 
terminated in the fourth quarter of 2020. 

Foreign Currency Exchange Market Risk Exposure 

A significant portion of our operations consists of manufacturing and sales activities in foreign jurisdictions. We manufacture 
our  products  in  the  United  States,  Northern  Ireland,  the  Netherlands,  Germany,  China,  Thailand  and  Australia,  and  sell  our 
products in more than 100 countries. As a result, our financial results have been, and could be, significantly affected by factors 
such as changes in foreign currency exchange rates or weak economic conditions in the foreign markets in which we distribute 
our products. Our operating results are exposed to changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and many other currencies, 
including the Euro, British pound sterling, Canadian dollar, Australian dollar, Thai baht and Chinese Renminbi. When the U.S. 
dollar  strengthens  against  a  foreign  currency,  the  value  of  anticipated  sales  in  those  currencies  decreases,  and  vice  versa. 
Additionally,  to  the  extent  our  foreign  operations  with  functional  currencies  other  than  the  U.S.  dollar  transact  business  in 
countries other than the United States, exchange rate changes between two foreign currencies could ultimately impact us. Finally, 
because we report in U.S. dollars on a consolidated basis, foreign currency exchange fluctuations could have a translation impact 
on our financial position. 

36 

  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
At January 3, 2021, we recognized a $52.8 million decrease in our accumulated other comprehensive loss – foreign currency 
translation  adjustment  account  compared  with  December 29,  2019,  because  of  the  strengthening  of  the  Euro,  British  pound 
sterling, Australian dollar, and Chinese Renminbi against the U.S. dollar in 2020. 

Sensitivity Analysis 

For purposes of specific risk analysis, we use sensitivity analysis to measure the impact that market risk may have on the 

fair values of our market-sensitive instruments. 

To perform sensitivity analysis, we assess the risk of loss in fair values associated with the impact of hypothetical changes 
in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates on market-sensitive instruments. The market value of instruments affected 
by interest rate and foreign currency exchange rate risk is computed based on the present value of future cash flows as impacted 
by  the  changes  in  the  rates  attributable  to  the  market  risk  being  measured.  The  discount  rates  used  for  the  present  value 
computations were selected based on market interest and foreign currency exchange rates in effect at January 3, 2021. The values 
that result from these computations are then compared with the market values of the financial instruments. The differences are 
the hypothetical gains or losses associated with each type of risk. 

Interest Rate Risk  

As  discussed  above,  our  Syndicated  Credit  Facility  is  comprised  of  a  combination  of  term  loan  and  revolving  loan 
borrowings.  The  following  table  summarizes  our  market  risks  associated  with  our  variable  rate  debt  obligations  under  the 
Syndicated Credit Facility as of January 3, 2021. For debt obligations, the table presents principal cash flows by year of maturity. 

Rate-Sensitive Liabilities 

2021 

2022 

2023 

Thereafter 

2024 
(in thousands) 

Total 

Fair 
Value 

Long-term Debt: 

Variable Rate .................   $  15,319      $ 15,319      $ 15,319      $ 15,319      $ 223,939     $ 285,215      $ 
Fixed Rate ......................   $  —      $  —      $  —      $  —      $ 300,000     $ 300,000      $ 

285,215  
315,999  

Our weighted average interest rate, including the effect of any active interest rate swaps, for our outstanding borrowings 

under the Syndicated Credit Facility as of January 3, 2021 and December 29, 2019 was 1.89% and 3.27%, respectively. 

An  increase  in  our  effective  interest  rate  of  1%  on  our  variable  rate  debt  would  increase  annual  interest  expense  by 
approximately $2.9 million. We will continue to review our exposure to interest rate fluctuations and evaluate whether we should 
continue to manage such exposures through any future interest rate swap transactions. Based on a hypothetical immediate 100 
basis point increase in interest rates, with all other variables held constant, the fair value of our fixed rate long-term debt would 
be impacted by a net decrease of $13.2 million. Conversely, a 100 basis point decrease in interest rates would result in a net 
increase in the fair value of our fixed rate long-term debt of $9.9 million. 

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk 

As of January 3, 2021, a 10% decrease or increase in the levels of foreign currency exchange rates against the U.S. dollar, 
with all other variables held constant, would result in a decrease in the fair value of our short-term financial instruments (primarily 
cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable) of $11.9 million or an increase in the fair value of our financial instruments of 
$14.6 million, respectively. As the impact of offsetting changes in the fair market value of our net foreign investments is not 
included in the sensitivity model, these results are not indicative of our actual exposure to foreign currency exchange risk. 

37 

  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

INTERFACE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
(in thousands, except per share data) 

Net sales ......................................................................................  $ 
Cost of sales ................................................................................ 
Gross profit on sales ................................................................... 

Selling, general and administrative expenses ............................. 
Restructuring, asset impairment and other charges ..................... 
Goodwill and intangible asset impairment charge ...................... 

Operating income (loss) .............................................................. 

Interest expense .......................................................................  
Other expense ..........................................................................  

Income (loss) before income tax expense ................................... 
Income tax expense (benefit) ...................................................... 

2020 
1,103,262     $ 
692,688     
410,574     

FISCAL YEAR 
2019 
1,343,029     $ 
810,062     
532,967     

333,229     
(4,626)    
121,258     

(39,287)    

29,244     
10,889     

(79,420)    
(7,491)    

389,117     
12,947     
—     

130,903     

25,656     
3,431     

101,816     
22,616     

Net income (loss) ........................................................................  $ 

(71,929)    $ 

79,200     $ 

Net income (loss) per share – basic ............................................  $ 
Net income (loss) per share – diluted .........................................  $ 

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding ................. 
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding .............. 

(1.23)    $ 
(1.23)    $ 

58,547     
58,547     

1.34     $ 
1.34     $ 

58,943     
58,948     

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

2018 
1,179,573   
749,690   
429,883   

332,975   
20,529   
—   

76,379   

15,436   
5,952   

54,991   
4,738   

50,253   

0.84   
0.84   

59,544   
59,566   

38 

 
  
  
    
       
       
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
   
  
 
   
   
  
 
   
   
  
 
   
   
  
 
   
   
  
 
   
   
  
 
   
   
  
 
 
 
INTERFACE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) 
(in thousands) 

Net income (loss) ........................................................................  $ 
Other comprehensive income (loss), after tax 

Foreign currency translation adjustment .................................  
Cash flow hedge gain (loss) ....................................................  
Pension liability adjustment ....................................................  

2020 

FISCAL YEAR 
2019 

(71,929)    $ 

79,200     $ 

52,808     
(2,027)    
(12,588)    

(11,652)    
(5,489)    
(13,090)    

Comprehensive income (loss) .....................................................  $ 

(33,736)    $ 

48,969     $ 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

2018 

50,253   

(22,544)  
422   
12,944   

41,075   

39 

  
  
    
       
       
 
  
  
 
 
  
    
    
  
 
   
   
  
 
 
 
INTERFACE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(in thousands, except par values) 

ASSETS 

Current assets 

Cash and cash equivalents ............................................................................................................................   $ 

Accounts receivable, net ..............................................................................................................................  

Inventories, net .............................................................................................................................................  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets ...................................................................................................  

Total current assets ...........................................................................................................................................  

Property, plant and equipment, net ...................................................................................................................  

Operating lease right-of-use assets ...................................................................................................................  

Deferred tax asset .............................................................................................................................................  

Goodwill and intangibles, net ...........................................................................................................................  

Other assets .......................................................................................................................................................  

END OF FISCAL YEAR 

2020 

2019 

 $ 

103,053   
139,869   
228,725   
23,747   
495,394   
359,036   
98,013   
18,175   
253,536   
81,857   

81,301   
177,482   
253,584   
35,768   
548,135   
324,585   
107,044   
19,683   
346,474   
77,128   

Total assets ........................................................................................................................................................   $ 

1,306,011   

 $ 

1,423,049   

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Current liabilities 

Accounts payable .........................................................................................................................................   $ 

Accrued expenses .........................................................................................................................................  

Current portion of operating lease liabilities ...............................................................................................  

Current portion of long-term debt ................................................................................................................  

Total current liabilities......................................................................................................................................  

Long-term debt .................................................................................................................................................  

Operating lease liabilities .................................................................................................................................  

Deferred income taxes ......................................................................................................................................  

Other long-term liabilities ................................................................................................................................  

Total liabilities ..................................................................................................................................................  

Commitments and contingencies 

Shareholders’ equity 

Preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share; 5,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding at 

January 3, 2021 and December 29, 2019 ......................................................................................................  

Common stock, par value $0.10 per share; 120,000 shares authorized; 58,664 and 58,416 shares issued and 
outstanding at January 3, 2021 and December 29, 2019, respectively ........................................................  

Additional paid-in capital .............................................................................................................................  

Retained earnings .........................................................................................................................................  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss – foreign currency translation ......................................................  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss – cash flow hedge ........................................................................  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss – pension liability ........................................................................  

Total shareholders’ equity ................................................................................................................................  

 $ 

58,687   
105,739   
13,555   
15,319   
193,300   
561,251   
86,468   
34,307   
104,147   

979,473   

—   

5,865   
247,920   
208,562   
(60,331)  
(6,190)  
(69,288)  

326,538   

75,687   
140,652   
15,914   
31,022   
263,275   
565,178   
91,829   
35,550   
99,015   

1,054,847   

—   

5,842   
250,306   
286,056   
(113,139)  
(4,163)  
(56,700)  

368,202   

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity .........................................................................................................   $ 

1,306,011   

 $ 

1,423,049   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

40 

    
    
       
 
  
  
 
  
    
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
    
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
INTERFACE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(in thousands) 

2020 

FISCAL YEAR 

2019 

2018 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES: 

Net income (loss)..................................................................................................   $ 

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash provided by operating activities: 

(71,929)  

 $ 

79,200   

 $ 

Depreciation and amortization .............................................................................  

Stock compensation amortization expense (benefit) ...........................................  

Loss on disposal of fixed assets ...........................................................................  

Enactment of U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act benefit ...............................................  

Bad debt expense ..................................................................................................  

Deferred income taxes and other ..........................................................................  

Amortization of acquired intangible assets ..........................................................  

Amortization of acquired inventory step-up ........................................................  

Goodwill and intangible asset impairment ...........................................................  

Working capital changes: 

Accounts receivable ....................................................................................  

Inventories ..................................................................................................  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..................................................  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses ....................................................  

Cash provided by operating activities ..................................................................  

INVESTING ACTIVITIES: 

Capital expenditures .............................................................................................  

Cash paid for business, net of cash acquired .......................................................  

Other .....................................................................................................................  

Cash used in investing activities ..........................................................................  

FINANCING ACTIVITIES: 

Revolving loan borrowing ....................................................................................  

Revolving loan repayments ..................................................................................  

Term loan borrowing ............................................................................................  

Term loan repayments ..........................................................................................  

Proceeds from issuance of Senior Notes due 2028 ..............................................  

Repurchase of common stock ..............................................................................  

Dividends paid ......................................................................................................  

Tax withholding payments for share-based compensation ..................................  

Debt issuance costs ...............................................................................................  

Payments for debt extinguishment costs ..............................................................  

Proceeds from issuance of common stock ...........................................................  

Finance lease payments ........................................................................................  

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities ...................................................  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating, investing and financing activities .....  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash .............................................................  

45,920   
(502)  
4,996   
—   
3,843   
(20,794)  
5,457   
—   
121,258   

40,090   
38,667   
12,967   
(60,903)  
119,070   

(62,949)  
—   
1,260   
(61,689)  

110,000   
(131,024)  
—   
(304,425)  
300,000   
—   
(5,565)  
(1,511)  
(7,896)  
(660)  
93   
(1,727)  
(42,715)  

14,666   
7,086   

44,932   
8,691   
—   
—   
1,206   
(9,497)  
5,903   
—   
—   

(930)  
2,573   
(9,691)  
19,381   
141,768   

(74,647)  
—   
425   
(74,222)  

90,000   
(87,664)  
—   
(24,028)  
—   
(25,154)  
(15,358)  
(3,278)  
—   
—   
60   
(1,255)  
(66,677)  

869   
(557)  

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS: 

Net increase (decrease) .........................................................................................  

Balance, beginning of year ...................................................................................  

Balance, end of year .............................................................................................   $ 

21,752   
81,301   

103,053   

 $ 

312   
80,989   

81,301   

 $ 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

50,253   

39,084   
14,496   
8,569   
(6,739)  
222   
(11,709)  
5,387   
26,666   
—   

(10,113)  
(18,784)  
(15,501)  
9,936   
91,767   

(54,857)  
(400,697)  
(131)  
(455,685)  

17,000   
(64,504)  
462,847   
(14,162)  
—   
(14,485)  
(15,471)  
(1,187)  
(8,806)  
—   
294   
—   
361,526   

(2,392)  
(3,656)  

(6,048)  
87,037   

80,989   

41 

 
 
 
   
 
         
 
         
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
   
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INTERFACE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Nature of Operations 

The Company is a recognized leader in the worldwide commercial interiors market, offering modular carpet, luxury vinyl 
tile (“LVT”) and rubber flooring products. The Company manufactures modular carpet focusing on the high quality, designer-
oriented  sector  of  the  market,  sources  LVT  from  a  third  party  and  focuses  on  the  same  sector  of  the  market,  and  provides 
specialized carpet replacement, installation and maintenance services. The Company also offers resilient rubber flooring since 
its acquisition of nora Holding GmbH on August 7, 2018. 

Principles of Consolidation 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All of our subsidiaries are 
wholly-owned, and we are not a party to any joint venture, partnership or other variable interest entity that would potentially 
qualify for consolidation. All material intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated. 

Use of Estimates 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. requires 
management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities,  the  disclosure  of 
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during 
the  reporting  periods.  Examples  include  provisions  for  returns,  bad  debts,  product  claims  reserves,  rebates,  inventory 
obsolescence and the length of product life cycles, accruals associated with restructuring activities, income tax exposures and 
valuation allowances, environmental liabilities, and the carrying value of goodwill and property and equipment. Actual results 
could vary from these estimates. 

Risks and Uncertainties 

The  World  Health  Organization  declared  the  COVID-19  outbreak  a  pandemic,  and  many  companies  have  experienced 
disruptions in their operations. The Company considered the impact of COVID-19 on the assumptions and estimates used and 
determined that, except for the goodwill and intangible asset impairment discussed in Note 12 entitled “Goodwill and Intangible 
Assets,” the decline in 2020 revenue, and its consequent impacts on production volume, operating income, net income, cash 
flows, and order rates, there were no other material adverse impacts on the Company’s results of operations and financial position 
at  January 3,  2021.  The  Company’s  Syndicated  Credit  Facility  has  various  financial  and  other  covenants  including,  but  not 
limited to, a covenant to not exceed a maximum net debt to EBITDA ratio, as defined by the credit facility agreement. On July 
15, 2020 and November 17, 2020, the Company amended its Syndicated Credit Facility; see Note 9 entitled “Long-Term Debt” 
for  additional  information.  The  full  extent  of  the  future  impact  of  COVID-19  on  the  Company’s  operations  is  uncertain.  A 
prolonged  COVID-19 pandemic  may  continue  to have  a material  adverse  impact on our operations, financial  condition,  and 
supply chains. It may negatively impact our ability to collect outstanding receivables, manage inventory, and service customers. 
The impact of COVID-19 could result in additional impairment losses related to goodwill, intangible assets, and property, plant 
and equipment.  

As  the  virus  spreads  through  communities,  it  could  impact  the  physical  health,  mental  health,  and  productivity  of  our 
workforce as many of them are required to shelter in place and work from home for prolonged periods of time, and it could also 
impact our ability to reach our customers and collaborate with them as they are required to shelter in place and work from home 
for prolonged periods of time. The COVID-19 pandemic is having broad and negative implications on the global economy, which 
affects the size and timing of our customers’ capital budgets, and could result in delays or terminations of new and existing 
renovation projects, remodeling projects, new construction projects, and other projects where our products are used.  

COVID-19 Impact 

We continue to monitor our operations and have implemented various programs to mitigate the effects of COVID-19 on our 
business including reductions in employee headcount, labor costs, marketing expenses, consulting spend, travel costs, various 
other  costs,  and  capital  expenditures,  as  well  as  suspending  and  reducing  shifts  in  our  production  facilities,  temporarily 

42 

 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
furloughing  employees,  and  implementing  other  cost  reduction  or  avoidance  initiatives.  Government  grants  and  payroll 
protection programs are available globally to provide assistance to companies impacted by the pandemic. The Coronavirus Aid, 
Relief  and  Economic  Security  Act  (“CARES  Act”)  enacted  in  the  United  States  (see  Note  17  entitled  “Income  Taxes”  for 
additional information) and a payroll protection program enacted in the Netherlands (the “NOW Program”) provide benefits 
related to payroll costs either as reimbursements, lower payroll tax rates or deferral of payroll tax payments. The NOW Program 
provides eligible companies with reimbursement of labor costs as an incentive to retain employees on the payroll. During fiscal 
year 2020, the Company recognized benefits under several payroll protection programs as reductions to payroll costs. 

Revenue Recognition 

Revenue from contracts with customers is recognized to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount 
that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. To achieve this 
core principle, the guidance provides that an entity should apply the following steps: (1) identify the contract(s) with a customer; 
(2) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (3) determine the transaction price; (4) allocate the transaction price to 
the performance obligations in the contract; and (5) recognize revenue when, or as, the entity satisfies a performance obligation.  

Revenue Recognized from Contracts with Customers 

Contracts with customers typically take the form of invoices for purchase of materials from the Company. Customer payment 
terms vary by region and are typically less than 60 days. The performance obligation is the delivery of these materials to the 
customer’s  control.  During  2020,  2019  and  2018,  approximately  98%,  98%  and  97%  of  the  Company’s  total  revenue, 
respectively, was produced from the sale of carpet, resilient flooring, rubber flooring, and related products (TacTiles installation 
materials, etc.) and the revenue from sales of these products is recognized upon shipment, or in certain cases, upon delivery to 
the customer.  The transaction price for these sales is readily identifiable. The remaining revenue for 2020, 2019 and 2018 of 
2%, 2% and 3%, respectively, was generated from the installation of carpet and other flooring-related material.  

The remaining revenue generated by the Company is for contracts to sell and install carpet and related products at customer 
locations.  For  projects  underway,  the  Company  recognized  installation  revenue  over  time  as  the  customer  simultaneously 
received and consumed the benefit of the services. The installation of the carpet and related products is a separate performance 
obligation from the sale of carpet. The majority of these projects are completed within 5 days of the start of installation. The 
transaction  price  for  these  sale  and  installation  contracts  is  readily  determinable  between  flooring  material  and  installation 
services and is specifically identified in the contract with the customer. 

The Company has utilized the portfolio approach to its contracts with customers, as its contracts with customers have similar 
characteristics and it is reasonable to expect that the effects from applying this approach are not materially different from applying 
the accounting standard to individual contracts. 

The Company does not have any other significant revenue streams outside of these sales of flooring material, and the sale 

and installation of flooring material, as described above.  

The Company does not record taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities within revenues. 

The Company records such taxes collected as a liability on our consolidated balance sheets. 

Performance Obligations 

As noted above, the Company primarily generates revenue through the sale of flooring material to end users either upon 
shipment or upon arrival of the product at its destination. In these instances, there typically is no other obligation to the customers 
other than the delivery of flooring material with the exception of warranty. The Company does offer a warranty to its customers 
which guarantees certain on-floor performance characteristics and warrants against manufacturing defects. The warranty is not 
a service warranty, and there is no ability to separate the warranty obligation from the sale of the flooring or purchase them 
separately. The Company’s incidence of warranty claims is extremely low, with less than 0.5% of revenue in claims on an annual 
basis for the last three fiscal years.  Given the nature of the warranty as well as the financial impact, the Company has determined 
that there is no need to identify this warranty as a separate performance obligation and the Company will continue to account for 
warranty on an accrual basis.  

For the Company’s installation business, the sales of carpet and other flooring materials and installation services are separate 
deliverables which under the revenue recognition requirements should be characterized as separate performance obligations. The 

43 

 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
nature of the installation projects is such that the vast majority – an amount in excess of 85% of these installation projects – are 
completed in less than 5 days. The Company’s largest installation customers are retail and corporate customers, and these are on 
a project-by-project basis and are short-term installations. The Company has evaluated these projects at the end of the reporting 
period and recorded revenue in accordance with the accounting standards for projects which were underway as of the end of 
2020.   

Costs to Obtain Contracts 

The Company pays sales commissions to many of its sales personnel based upon their selling activity. These are direct costs 
associated with obtaining the contracts and are expensed as the revenue is earned. As these commissions become payable upon 
shipment (or in certain cases delivery) of product, the commission is earned as the revenue is recognized. There are no other 
material costs the Company incurs as part of obtaining the sales contract. 

Shipping and Handling 

Shipping  and  handling  fees  billed  to  customers  are  classified  in  net  sales  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations. 

Shipping and handling costs incurred are classified in cost of sales in the consolidated statements of operations. 

Research and Development 

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and are included in selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) 
expenses and cost of sales in the consolidated statements of operations. Research and development expense was $18.6 million, 
$17.8 million, and $16.4 million for the years 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Investments 

Highly  liquid  investments  with  insignificant  interest  rate  risk  and  with  original  maturities  of  three  months  or  less  are 
classified as cash and cash equivalents. Investments with maturities greater than three months and less than one year are classified 
as short-term investments. Significant concentrations of credit risk may arise from the Company’s cash maintained at various 
banks, as from time to time cash balances may exceed the FDIC limits. The Company did not hold any significant amounts of 
cash equivalents and short-term investments at January 3, 2021 and December 29, 2019. 

Cash payments for interest amounted to approximately $32.0 million, $22.7 million, and $13.8 million for the years 2020, 
2019,  and  2018,  respectively.  2020  includes  cash  payments  of  $12.5  million  to  terminate  the  Company’s  interest  rate  swap 
liabilities. Income tax payments amounted to approximately $19.3 million, $34.8 million and $29.5 million for the years 2020, 
2019 and 2018, respectively. During the years 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company received income tax refunds of $7.5 million, 
$1.9 million and $0.8 million, respectively. 

Allowances for Expected Credit Losses 

The Company maintains allowances for expected credit losses for estimated losses resulting from the inability of customers 
to make required payments. Estimating the amount of future expected losses requires the Company to consider historical losses 
from our customers, as well as current market conditions and future forecasts of our customers’ ability to make payments for 
goods and services. By its nature, such an estimate is highly subjective, and it is possible that the amount of accounts receivable 
that the Company is unable to collect may be different than the amount initially estimated. 

Inventories 

Inventories are carried at the lower of cost (standards approximating the first-in, first-out method) or net realizable value. 
Costs included in inventories are based on invoiced costs and/or production costs, as applicable. Included in production costs are 
material, direct labor and allocated overhead. The Company writes down inventories for the difference between the carrying 
value of the inventories and their estimated net realizable value. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected 
by management, additional write-downs may be required. 

Management estimates its reserves for inventory obsolescence by continuously examining its inventories to determine if 
there are indicators that carrying values exceed net realizable values. Experience has shown that significant indicators that could 
require the need for additional inventory write-downs are the age of the inventory, the length of its product life cycles, anticipated 
demand for the Company’s products, and current economic conditions. While management believes that adequate write-downs 

44 

  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
for  inventory  obsolescence  have  been  made  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  consumer  tastes  and  preferences  will 
continue to change and the Company could experience additional inventory write-downs in the future. 

Rebates 

The Company has agreements to receive cash consideration from certain of its vendors, including rebates and cooperative 
marketing reimbursements. The amounts received from its vendors are generally presumed to be a reduction of the prices the 
Company  pays  for  their  products  and,  therefore,  such  amounts  are  reflected  as  either  a  reduction  of  cost  of  sales  in  the 
accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  or,  if  the  product  inventory  is  still  on  hand  at  the  reporting  date,  it  is 
reflected  as  a  reduction  of  “Inventories”  on  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets.  Vendor  rebates  are  typically 
dependent upon reaching minimum purchase thresholds. The Company evaluates the likelihood of reaching purchase thresholds 
using past experience and current year forecasts. When rebates can be reasonably estimated and receipt becomes probable, the 
Company records a portion of the rebate as the Company makes progress towards the purchase threshold. 

When  the  Company  receives  direct reimbursements for costs  incurred in  marketing  the vendor’s product or service,  the 
amount  received  is  recorded  as  an  offset  to  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  in  the  accompanying  consolidated 
statements of operations. 

Leases 

The Company records a right-of-use asset and lease liability for operating and finance leases once a contract that contains a 
lease is executed and the Company has the right to control the use of the leased asset. The right-of-use asset is measured as the 
present value of the lease obligation. The discount rate used to calculate the present value of the lease liability is the Company’s 
incremental borrowing rate, which is based on the estimated rate for a fully collateralized borrowing that fully amortizes over a 
similar lease term at the commencement date and for the applicable geographical region.  

The  Company  made  an  accounting  policy  election  to  exclude  leases  with  an  initial  term  of  12  months  or  less  from  the 
calculation  of  the  right-of-use  asset  and  lease  liability  recorded  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets.  These  leases  primarily 
represent month-to-month operating leases for office equipment where we were reasonably certain that we would not elect an 
option to extend the lease. The Company also made an accounting policy election not to separate lease and non-lease components 
for all asset classes and will account for the lease payments as a single component. 

Property and Equipment and Long-Lived Assets 

Property  and  equipment  are  carried  at  cost.  Depreciation  is  computed  using  the  straight-line  method  over  the  following 
estimated useful lives: buildings and improvements – ten to forty years; and furniture and equipment – three to twelve years. 
Interest costs for the construction/development of certain long-term assets are capitalized and amortized over the related assets’ 
estimated useful lives. The Company capitalized net interest costs on qualifying expenditures of approximately $1.9 million, 
$2.1  million,  and  $0.7  million  for  the  fiscal  years  2020,  2019  and  2018,  respectively.  Depreciation  expense  amounted  to 
approximately $42.4 million, $41.5 million, and $37.6 million for the years 2020, 2019, and 2018 respectively.  

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 

amount may not be recoverable. If the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flow is less than the carrying amount of 
the asset, a loss is recognized for the difference between the fair value and carrying value of the asset. Repair and maintenance 
costs are charged to operating expense as incurred. 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets 

In  accordance  with  applicable  accounting  standards,  the  Company  tests  goodwill  for  impairment  annually  and  between 
annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit 
below its carrying amount. During the fourth quarters of 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company performed the annual goodwill 
impairment test. In addition, during the first quarter of 2020—primarily due to anticipated impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic—
the Company determined that there were indicators of impairment, and the Company proceeded with a goodwill impairment test 
as of the end of the first quarter. The Company tests goodwill at the reporting unit level, which is one level below the reporting 
segment  level.  In  performing  the  impairment  testing,  the  Company  prepared  valuations  of  reporting  units  on  both  a  market 
comparable methodology and an income methodology, and those valuations were compared with the respective carrying values 
of the reporting units to determine whether any goodwill impairment existed. In preparing the valuations, past, present and future 
expectations of performance were considered.  

45 

  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
On December 30, 2019, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update 2017-04, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other,” 
that provides for the elimination of Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. Under the new guidance, impairment charges are 
recognized to the extent the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value with certain limitations. The Company 
used a consistent methodology in performing both the annual goodwill impairment tests and the goodwill impairment test as of 
the end of the first quarter of 2020. See Note 12 entitled “Goodwill and Intangible Assets” for additional information.  

Product Warranties 

The Company typically provides limited warranties with respect to certain attributes of its carpet products (for example, 
warranties  regarding  excessive  surface  wear,  edge  ravel  and  static  electricity)  for  periods  ranging  from  ten  to  twenty  years, 
depending on the  particular carpet product  and  the  environment  in  which  it  is  to  be  installed.  Similar  limited  warranties  are 
provided on certain attributes of its rubber and LVT products, typically for a period of 5 to 15 years. The Company typically 
warrants that services performed will be free from defects in workmanship for a period of one year following completion. In the 
event of a breach of warranty, the remedy typically is limited to repair of the problem or replacement of the affected product. 

The Company records a provision related to warranty costs based on historical experience and periodically adjusts these 
provisions to reflect changes in actual experience. Warranty and sales allowance reserves amounted to $3.2 million and $3.9 
million as of January 3, 2021 and December 29, 2019, respectively, and are included in “Accrued Expenses” in the accompanying 
consolidated balance sheets. 

Income Taxes 

The Company accounts for income taxes under an asset and liability approach that requires the recognition of deferred tax 
assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company’s financial 
statements or tax returns. In estimating future tax consequences, the Company generally considers all expected future events 
other than enactments of changes in tax laws or rates. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates will 
be recognized as income or expense in the period that includes the enactment date. 

The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that some portion 
or all of the deferred tax assets will expire before realization of the benefit or that future deductibility is not probable. The ultimate 
realization of the deferred tax assets depends on the ability to generate sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character in 
the future. This requires us to use estimates and make assumptions regarding significant future events such as the taxability of 
entities operating in the various taxing jurisdictions.  

For  uncertain  tax  positions,  the  Company  applies  the  provisions  of  relevant  authoritative  guidance,  which  requires 
application of a “more likely than not” threshold to the recognition and derecognition of tax positions. The Company’s ongoing 
assessments  of  the  more  likely  than  not  outcomes of  tax  authority  examinations  and  related  tax  positions require  significant 
judgment  and  can  increase  or  decrease  the  Company’s  effective  tax  rate  as  well  as  impact  operating  results.  For  further 
information, see Note 17 entitled “Income Taxes.” 

Fair Values of Financial Instruments 

Fair values of cash and cash equivalents and short-term debt approximate cost due to the short period of time to maturity. 
Fair values of debt are based on quoted market prices or pricing models using current market rates and classified as level 2 within 
the fair value hierarchy. See Note 5 entitled “Fair Value of Financial Instruments” for further information. 

Translation of Foreign Currencies 

The financial position and results of operations of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are measured using local currencies 
as the functional currency. Assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate in effect 
at  each  year-end.  Income  and  expense  items  are  translated  at  average  exchange  rates  for  the  year.  The  resulting  translation 
adjustments  are  recorded  in  the  foreign  currency  translation  adjustment  account.  In  the  event  of  a  divestiture  of  a  foreign 
subsidiary, the related foreign currency translation results are reversed from equity to income. Foreign exchange translation gains 
(losses) were $52.8 million, $(11.7) million, and $(22.5) million for the years 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

46 

 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Earnings per Share 

Basic earnings per share is computed based on the average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per 
share reflects the increase in average common shares outstanding that would result from the assumed exercise of outstanding 
stock options, calculated using the treasury stock method. See Note 15 entitled “Earnings Per Share” for additional information. 

Stock-Based Compensation 

The  Company  has  stock-based  employee  compensation  plans,  which  are  described  more  fully  in  Note  14  entitled 

“Shareholders' Equity.” 

The fair value of each stock option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. 

However, there were no stock options granted in 2020, 2019 or 2018. 

The Company recognizes expense related to its restricted stock and performance share grants based on the grant date fair 

value of the shares awarded, as determined by its market price at date of grant. 

Derivative Financial Instruments 

Derivatives are recognized on the balance sheet at fair value. For derivatives that meet the criteria as designated cash flow 
hedges, the changes in the fair value of the derivative are recognized in other comprehensive income (or other comprehensive 
loss)  until  the  hedged  item  is  recognized  in  earnings.  Changes  in  the  fair  value  of  derivatives  not  designated  as  hedging 
instruments are recognized in earnings each period. Derivative liabilities are recorded in accrued expenses and derivative assets 
are recorded in other current assets in the consolidated balance sheets. Cash flows from all derivative instruments, including 
those not designated as hedging instruments, are classified in the same category as the cash flows from the items being hedged. 

Pension Benefits 

Net pension expense recorded is based on, among other things, assumptions about the discount rate, estimated return on plan 
assets and salary increases. While the Company believes these assumptions are reasonable, changes in these and other factors 
and differences between actual and assumed changes in the present value of liabilities or assets of the Company’s plans above 
certain thresholds could cause net annual expense to increase or decrease materially from year to year. The actuarial assumptions 
used  in  the  Company’s  salary  continuation  plan  and  foreign  defined  benefit  plans  reporting  are  reviewed  periodically  and 
compared with  external  benchmarks  to  ensure  that  they  appropriately  account  for our future  pension benefit  obligation. The 
expected long-term rate of return on plan assets assumption is based on weighted average expected returns for each asset class. 
Expected returns reflect a combination of historical performance analysis and the forward-looking views of the financial markets, 
and include input from actuaries, investment service firms and investment managers. 

Change in Accounting Principle 

In March 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-
09, “Improvements to Share Based Payment Accounting,” to simplify the accounting for share based payment transactions. We 
previously adopted the provisions of this ASU in fiscal year 2017 and noted at that time that we would apply the policy election 
to estimate forfeitures of share based awards and reduce stock compensation expense based on that estimate. On December 30, 
2019, the Company elected to change its forfeiture method related to share based awards and will now account for forfeitures as 
they  occur,  as  allowed  by  ASU  2016-09.  The  Company  believes  that  this  change  is  preferable  because  it  achieves  better 
correlation of stock compensation expense with the requisite service period. The cumulative impact of this change did not have 
a  material  effect  on  the  Company’s  consolidated financial  statements.  As  a  result,  the cumulative  effect  of  $1.4 million  was 
recognized in SG&A expenses within the consolidated statement of operations in 2020. Since the impact of this change is not 
material, prior period amounts were not retrospectively adjusted. 

47 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Reclassifications 

In fiscal year 2020, the Company made certain classification and presentation changes related to customer service and other 
costs. Previously, these costs were presented as a component of cost of sales. Beginning in fiscal year 2020, these costs are 
presented as a component of SG&A expense. The Company determined that this change better reflects how management views 
and operates the business. Reclassifications of the comparative prior year 2019 and 2018 amounts have been made to conform 
to the current presentation as follows: 

Statement of Operations Line Item 

As Reported 

Cost of sales ..............................................................     $ 
Selling, general and administrative expenses ...........    
Total ..........................................................................     $ 

Statement of Operations Line Item 

As Reported 

Cost of sales ..............................................................     $ 
Selling, general and administrative expenses ...........    
Total ..........................................................................     $ 

Fiscal Year 

Fiscal Year 2019 
  Reclassification 
(in thousands) 

  As Reclassified 

817,575     $ 
381,604     
1,199,179     $ 

(7,513)    $ 
7,513     
—     $ 

810,062   
389,117   
1,199,179   

Fiscal Year 2018 
  Reclassification 
(in thousands) 

  As Reclassified 

755,216     $ 
327,449     
1,082,665     $ 

(5,526)    $ 
5,526     
—     $ 

749,690   
332,975   
1,082,665   

The Company’s fiscal year is the 52 or 53 week period ending on the Sunday nearest December 31. All references herein to 
“2020,”  “2019,”  and  “2018,”  mean  the  fiscal  years  ended  January 3,  2021,  December 29,  2019,  and  December 30,  2018, 
respectively. Fiscal year 2020 includes 53 weeks, and 2019 and 2018 were each comprised of 52 weeks. 

NOTE 2 – RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS 

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements 

On December 30, 2019, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 326, Credit Losses. This 
standard requires a financial asset (including trade receivables) to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected through 
the use of valuation allowances for credit losses. The income statement will reflect the measurement of credit losses for newly 
recognized financial assets, as well as the expected increases or decreases of expected credit losses that have taken place during 
the  period.  The  Company  adopted  the  new  standard  using  a  modified  retrospective  approach  with  no  cumulative-effect 
adjustment to retained earnings to recognize expected credit losses on trade accounts receivable. The adoption of this standard 
did not have a material impact to the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

On December 30, 2019, the Company adopted ASU 2017-04, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other,” that provides for the 
elimination of Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. Under the new guidance, impairment charges are recognized to the 
extent the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value with certain limitations. See Note 12 entitled “Goodwill and 
Intangible Assets” for additional information.  

On December 30, 2019, the Company adopted ASU 2018-13, “Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value 
Measurement.” This standard eliminates the requirement to disclose the amount or reason for transfers between level 1 and level 
2 of the fair value hierarchy and the requirement to disclose the valuation methodology for level 3 fair value measurements. The 
standard includes additional disclosure requirements for level 3 fair value measurements, including the requirement to disclose 
the changes in unrealized gains and losses in other comprehensive income during the period and permits the disclosure of other 
relevant quantitative information for certain unobservable inputs. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact to 
the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

48 

  
   
       
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
   
  
 
 
 
On  December  30,  2019,  the  Company  adopted  ASU  2018-15,  “Internal-Use  Software  -  Customer’s  Accounting  for 
Implementation  Costs  Incurred  in  a  Cloud  Computing  Arrangement.”  This  ASU  aligns  the  requirements  for  capitalizing 
implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement service contract with the guidance to capitalize implementation costs of 
internal use software. The ASU also requires that the costs for implementation activities during the application development 
phase be capitalized in a hosting arrangement service contract, and costs during the preliminary and post implementation phase 
are expensed. The Company adopted this standard, which will be applied on a prospective basis, with no material impact to the 
Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted 

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, “Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes.” The amendments in 
this update simplify the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles in ASC Topic 740 
related  to  intraperiod  tax  allocation,  the  calculation  of  income  taxes  in  interim  periods,  and  the  accounting  for  outside  basis 
differences of foreign subsidiaries and equity method investments. The amendments also improve consistent application of and 
simplify GAAP for other areas of ASC Topic 740, including franchise or similar taxes partially based on income, the accounting 
for a step-up in tax basis goodwill, and interim recognition of an enacted change in tax laws or rates, by clarifying and amending 
existing guidance. This new guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after 
December 15, 2020. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adoption of this standard but does not anticipate that the 
adoption will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements. 

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, “Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference 
Rate Reform on Financial Reporting.” This standard addresses the risks from the discontinuation of the London Interbank Offered 
Rate (LIBOR) and provides optional expedients and exceptions to contracts, hedging relationships and other transactions that 
reference LIBOR if certain criteria are met. This new guidance is effective and may be applied beginning March 12, 2020 through 
December 31, 2022. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adoption of this standard. 

NOTE 3 – REVENUE RECOGNITION 

Revenue  from  sales  of  carpet,  modular  resilient  flooring,  rubber  flooring,  and  other  flooring-related  material  was 
approximately 98%, 98% and 97% of total revenue for 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The remaining 2%, 2% and 3% of 
revenue was generated from the installation of carpet and other flooring-related material in 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

Disaggregation of Revenue 

For fiscal years 2020, 2019 and 2018, revenue from the Company’s customers is broken down by geography as follows: 

Geography 
Americas .....................................................................................  
Europe .........................................................................................  
Asia-Pacific ................................................................................  

2020 
53.8% 
31.8% 
14.4% 

NOTE 4 – RECEIVABLES 

Fiscal Year 
2019 
56.4% 
29.3% 
14.3% 

2018 
57.8% 
27.1% 
15.1% 

The  Company  has  adopted  credit  policies  and  standards  intended  to  reduce  the  inherent  risk  associated  with  potential 
increases in its concentration of credit risk due to increasing trade receivables. Management believes that credit risks are further 
moderated by the diversity of its end customers and geographic sales areas. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations 
of  its  customers’  financial  condition  and  requires  collateral  as  deemed  necessary.  The  Company  maintains  allowances  for 
expected  credit  losses  resulting  from  the  inability  of  customers  to  make  required  payments.  If  the  financial  condition  of  its 
customers  were  to  deteriorate,  resulting  in  an  impairment  of  their  ability  to  make  payments,  additional  allowances  may  be 
required. As of January 3, 2021 and December 29, 2019, the allowance for expected credit losses amounted to $6.6 million and 
$3.8 million, respectively, for all accounts receivable of the Company. Reserves for warranty and returns allowances amounted 
to $3.2 million and $3.9 million as of January 3, 2021 and December 29, 2019, respectively. 

49 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
    
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
NOTE 5 – FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 

Accounting standards  establish  a  fair value hierarchy  that prioritizes  the inputs  to valuation  techniques  used  to  measure 
estimated fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or 
liabilities (level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (level 3 measurements). The three levels of the 
fair value hierarchy under applicable accounting standards are described below: 

Level 1          Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted 

assets or liabilities.   

Level 2         Inputs to the valuation methodology include: 

•     quoted prices for similar assets in active markets; 
•     quoted prices for identical or similar assets in inactive markets; 
•     inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset; and  
•     inputs that are derived principally or corroborated by observable data by correlation or other.  

Level 3          Prices or valuations that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable. 

A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to 

the fair value measurement. 

As  of  January 3,  2021  and  December 29,  2019,  the  Company  had  approximately  $22.0  million  and  $23.3  million, 
respectively, of Company-owned life insurance, which is measured on a readily determinable cash surrender value on a recurring 
basis. This Company-owned life insurance is classified as a Level 2 asset within the fair value hierarchy. Due to the short maturity 
of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses, their carrying values approximate fair 
value. As of January 3, 2021, the carrying value of the Company’s borrowings under its Syndicated Credit Facility approximates 
fair value as the Facility bears interest rates that are similar to existing market rates. As of January 3, 2021, the estimated fair 
value of the Company’s 5.50% Senior Notes due 2028 (“Senior Notes”) was $316.0 million, compared with a carrying value 
recorded in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets of $300.0 million, excluding unamortized debt issuance costs. The fair 
value of the Company’s Senior Notes is derived using quoted prices for similar instruments and is considered Level 2 within the 
fair value hierarchy. The fair value of the Company’s derivative instruments is determined using discounted cash flow valuation 
models.  The  significant  inputs  used  in  these  models  are  readily  available  in  public  markets,  or  can  be  derived  from  other 
observable  market  transactions,  and  therefore  are  classified  as  Level  2  within  the  fair  value  hierarchy.  See  Note  19  entitled 
“Employee Benefit Plans” for additional information on defined benefit plan assets. 

NOTE 6 – INVENTORIES 

Inventories are summarized as follows: 

Finished goods .....................................................................................................   $ 
Work-in-process ..................................................................................................  
Raw materials ......................................................................................................  
Inventories, net ....................................................................................................   $ 

End of Fiscal Year 

2020 

2019 

(in thousands) 

152,836     $ 
17,109     
58,780     
228,725     $ 

184,336   
13,152   
56,096   
253,584   

Reserves for inventory obsolescence amounted to $35.0 million and $28.3 million as of January 3, 2021 and December 29, 

2019, respectively, and have been netted against amounts presented above. 

50 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
    
       
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
NOTE 7 – PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT 

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following: 

Land .....................................................................................................................   $ 
Buildings ..............................................................................................................  
Equipment (1) ........................................................................................................  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization (2) ....................................................  

Property, plant and equipment, net ......................................................................   $ 

End of Fiscal Year 

2020 

2019 

(in thousands) 
18,348     $ 
176,702     
657,796     

852,846     
(493,810)    

359,036     $ 

17,777   
148,833   
615,149   

781,759   
(457,174)  

324,585   

(1) Includes $9.9 million and $5.9 million of leased equipment for 2020 and 2019, respectively.  
(2) Includes $3.8 million and $0.9 million of accumulated amortization on leased equipment for 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

As of January 3, 2021, construction-in-progress was approximately $43.0 million. 

NOTE 8 – ACCRUED EXPENSES 

Accrued expenses are summarized as follows: 

Compensation ........................................................................................................  $ 
Interest ...................................................................................................................  
Restructuring..........................................................................................................  
Taxes ......................................................................................................................  
Accrued purchases .................................................................................................  
Warranty and sales allowances ..............................................................................  
Other ......................................................................................................................  
Accrued Expenses ..................................................................................................  $ 

End of Fiscal Year 

2020 

2019 

(in thousands) 
79,306     $ 
2,507     
1,064     
2,073     
5,916     
3,248     
11,625     
105,739     $ 

86,696   
1,485   
11,445   
16,809   
4,910   
3,853   
15,454   
140,652   

51 

  
  
  
    
       
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
   
  
  
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
    
       
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
NOTE 9 – LONG-TERM DEBT 

Long-term debt consisted of the following: 

Syndicated Credit Facility: 
Revolving loan borrowings ..................................  
Term loan borrowings ..........................................  
Total borrowings under Syndicated Credit 
   Facility .................................................................  

5.50% Senior Notes due 2028 .................................  

Total debt ................................................................  
Less: Unamortized debt issue costs ........................  

Total debt, net .........................................................  
Less: Current portion of long-term debt .................  

Total long-term debt, net ........................................  

$ 

January 3, 2021 

December 29, 2019 

Outstanding 
Principal 
(in thousands)    

Interest Rate(1) 

  Outstanding 
Principal 
(in thousands)     

Interest Rate(1) 

3.52  % 
3.05  % 

3.06  % 

—  % 

$ 

3,000     
282,215     

4.00  %   $ 
1.87  %   

20,861     
581,655     

285,215   

1.89  % 

602,516   

300,000     

585,215      
(8,645)     

576,570      
(15,319)     

561,251      

5.50  %   

—     

602,516      
(6,316)     

596,200      
(31,022)     

  $ 

565,178      

(1) Represents the stated rate of interest, without the effect of debt issuance costs or interest rate swaps. 

Syndicated Credit Facility 

The Company’s Syndicated Credit Facility (the “Facility”) provides to the Company U.S. denominated and multicurrency 
term loans and provides to the Company and certain of its subsidiaries a multicurrency revolving credit facility. On August 7, 
2018, the Company amended and restated its Facility in connection with the nora acquisition. The purpose of the amended and 
restated Facility was to fund the nora purchase price and related fees and expenses of the acquisition, and to increase the credit 
available to the Company and its subsidiaries following the closing of the nora acquisition in view of the larger enterprise. In 
connection with the 2018 amended and restated Facility, the Company recorded $8.8 million of debt issuance costs. 

On December 18, 2019,  the Company  amended  the  Facility.  The  purpose  of  this  amendment  was  to  provide for  certain 

provisions, including but not limited to the following: 

•     the amendment of certain covenants in the Facility to add new exceptions which allowed the Company and its subsidiaries 
to accomplish certain intercompany investments and other intercompany transactions desired to be made by the Company 
and its subsidiaries, and 

•   amendments to add provisions relating to treatment of certain qualified financial contracts, to modify certain existing 
provisions dealing with the replacement of LIBOR as a benchmark interest rate with an alternative benchmark rate in the 
event that LIBOR in the future ceases to be available as a benchmark rate. 

52 

  
  
 
    
      
 
      
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
 
 
  
 
   
   
   
 
 
  
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On July 15, 2020, the Company entered into a second amendment to its Facility. This amendment, among other changes, 
provided for the following: (1) amended the consolidated net leverage ratio covenant making it less restrictive for a period of 
seven consecutive fiscal quarters beginning with the third quarter of fiscal year 2020 through the first quarter of fiscal year 2022 
(the “Relief Period”); (2) amended the pricing grid used to determine interest rate margins on outstanding loans as well as the 
commitment fee on the unused portion of the Facility to include additional consolidated net leverage ratio levels with increased 
pricing at higher levels of leverage; (3) amended interest rate provisions to provide for an interest rate floor of either 0.00% or 
0.75%, as applicable, on certain tranches of term loans outstanding; and (4) provided temporary restrictions during the Relief 
Period on the Company’s ability to make acquisitions, pay dividends, repurchase shares, or enter into new credit facilities without 
lender consent. The Company incurred approximately $1.5 million in debt issuance costs to execute this amendment. Of this 
amount, approximately $1.0 million of debt issuance costs associated with term loan borrowings was recorded as a reduction of 
long-term debt, and approximately $0.5 million of debt issuance costs associated with revolving loan borrowings was recorded 
in other assets in the consolidated balance sheet. These costs will be amortized over the life of the outstanding debt. 

On November 17, 2020, the Company entered into a third amendment to its Facility. The third amendment provided for, 

among other changes, the following amendments to the Facility: 

•       the amendment of the maturity date of the Facility to November 2025; 
•       the amendment of the 0.75% interest rate floor in respect of certain loans under the Facility with an interest rate floor 

of 0.00%; 

•          amendments  to  the  financial  covenants  to  replace  the  consolidated  net  leverage  ratio  covenant  with  a  consolidated 

secured net leverage ratio covenant that is not to exceed 3.00 to 1.00; 

•       amendments to remove the Relief Period restrictions previously imposed pursuant to the second amendment; and 
•       amendments to provide for the case where any interest rate benchmark in the future ceases to be available. 

In connection with the third amendment, the Company recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt of $3.6 million within 
interest expense in the consolidated statement of operations and recorded approximately $0.9 million of debt issuance costs. Of 
this amount, approximately $0.1 million of debt issuance costs associated with term loan borrowings was recorded as a reduction 
of long-term debt, and approximately $0.8 million of debt issuance costs associated with revolving loan borrowings was recorded 
in other assets in the consolidated balance sheet. At January 3, 2021, the amended and restated Facility provided to the Company 
and certain of its subsidiaries a multicurrency revolving loan facility up to $300.0 million, as well as other U.S. denominated and 
multicurrency  term  loans.  At  January 3,  2021,  the  Company  had  available  borrowing  capacity  of  $295.4  million  under  the 
revolving loan facility. 

Interest Rates and Fees 

Interest  on  base  rate  loans  is  charged  at  varying  rates  computed  by  applying  a  margin  ranging  from  0.25%  to  2.00%, 
depending  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  net  leverage  ratio  as  of  the  most  recently  completed  fiscal  quarter. Interest  on 
Eurocurrency-based loans and fees for letters of credit are charged at varying rates computed by applying a margin ranging from 
1.25% to 3.00% over the applicable Eurocurrency rate, depending on the Company’s consolidated net leverage ratio as of the 
most  recently  completed  fiscal  quarter. In  addition,  the  Company  pays  a  commitment  fee  ranging  from  0.20%  to  0.40%  per 
annum (depending on the Company’s consolidated net leverage ratio as of the most recently completed fiscal quarter) on the 
unused portion of the Facility. 

Covenants 

The Facility contains standard and customary covenants for agreements of this type, including various reporting, affirmative 

and negative covenants. Among other things, these covenants limit the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ ability to: 

•     create or incur liens on assets; 
•     make acquisitions of or investments in businesses (in excess of certain specified amounts); 
•     engage in any material line of business substantially different from the Company’s current lines of business; 
•     incur indebtedness or contingent obligations; 
•     sell or dispose of assets (in excess of certain specified amounts); 
•     pay dividends or repurchase the Company’s stock (in excess of certain specified amounts); 
•     repay other indebtedness prior to maturity unless the Company meets certain conditions; and 
•     enter into sale and leaseback transactions. 

53 

 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
The Facility also requires the Company to remain in compliance with the following financial covenants as of the end of each 

fiscal quarter, based on the Company’s consolidated results for the year then ended: 

•     Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio: Must be no greater than 3.00:1.00. 
•     Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio: Must be no less than 2.25:1.00. 

Events of Default 

If  the  Company breaches  or fails  to perform  any  of  the  affirmative or  negative  covenants under  the Facility,  or  if other 
specified events occur (such as a bankruptcy or similar event or a change of control of Interface, Inc. or certain subsidiaries, or 
if  the  Company  breaches  or  fails  to  perform  any  covenant  or  agreement  contained  in  any  instrument  relating  to  any  of  the 
Company’s other indebtedness exceeding $20 million), after giving effect to any applicable notice and right to cure provisions, 
an event of default will exist. If an event of default exists and is continuing, the lenders’ Administrative Agent may, and upon 
the written request of a specified percentage of the lender group shall: 

•     declare all commitments of the lenders under the facility terminated; 
•     declare all amounts outstanding or accrued thereunder immediately due and payable; and 
•     exercise other rights and remedies available to them under the agreement and applicable law. 

Collateral 

Pursuant to a Second Amended and Restated Security and Pledge Agreement, the Facility is secured by substantially all of 
the assets of the Company and its domestic subsidiaries (subject to exceptions for certain immaterial subsidiaries), including all 
of the stock of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries and up to 65% of the stock of its first-tier material foreign subsidiaries. If 
an event of default occurs under the Facility, the lenders’ Administrative Agent may, upon the request of a specified percentage 
of lenders, exercise remedies with respect to the collateral, including, in some instances, foreclosing mortgages on real estate 
assets, taking possession of or selling personal property assets, collecting accounts receivables, or exercising proxies to take 
control of the pledged stock of domestic and first-tier material foreign subsidiaries. 

As of January 3, 2021 and December 29, 2019, the Company had $1.6 million and $2.2 million, respectively, in letters of 

credit outstanding under the Facility. 

Under the amended and restated Facility, the Company is required to make quarterly amortization payments of the term loan 
borrowings, which commenced in the fourth quarter of 2018. The amortization payments are due on the last day of the calendar 
quarter. 

The  Company  is  currently  in  compliance  with  all  covenants  under  the  Facility  and  anticipates  that  it  will  remain  in 

compliance with the covenants for the foreseeable future. 

5.50% Senior Notes due 2028 

On  November  17,  2020,  the  Company  issued  $300.0 million  aggregate  principal  amount  of  5.50%  Senior  Notes  due 
December 2028 (the “Senior Notes”). The Senior Notes bear an interest rate at 5.50% per annum and mature on December 1, 
2028. Interest is paid semi-annually on June 1 and December 1 of each year, beginning on June 1, 2021. The Company used the 
net proceeds to repay approximately $269.7 million of outstanding term loan borrowings and approximately $21.0 million of 
outstanding  revolving  loan  borrowings  under  its  existing  Facility.  In  connection  with  the  issuance  of  the  Senior  Notes,  the 
Company recorded approximately $5.7 million of debt issuance costs. These costs were recorded as a reduction of long-term 
debt in the consolidated balance sheet and will be amortized over the life of the outstanding debt. 

The  Senior Notes  are  unsecured  and  are  guaranteed,  jointly  and severally,  by  each of  the  Company’s  material domestic 

subsidiaries, all of which also guarantee the obligations of the Company under its existing Facility. 

54 

  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Redemption 

On or after December 1, 2023, the Company may redeem the Senior Notes, in whole or in part, at any time at the redemption 
prices listed below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but excluding) the redemption date, if redeemed during the 12-
month period commencing on December 1 of the years set forth below: 

Period 
2023 ...................................................................................................................................................................  
2024 ...................................................................................................................................................................  
2025 and thereafter ............................................................................................................................................  

Redemption 
Price 
102.750  % 
101.375  % 
100.000  % 

In addition, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes before December 1, 
2023 with the proceeds of certain equity offerings at a redemption price of 105.50%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to 
(but excluding) the redemption date. The Company may also redeem all or a part of the Senior Notes before December 1, 2023 
at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but excluding) the redemption date, 
plus a make-whole premium. If the Company experiences a change of control, the Company will be required to offer to purchase 
the Senior Notes at 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to (but excluding) the date of repurchase. 

Covenants 

The indenture governing the Senior Notes contains standard and customary covenants for agreements of this type, including 
various  reporting,  affirmative  and  negative  covenants.  Among  other  things,  these  covenants  limit  the  Company’s  and  its 
subsidiaries’ ability to: 

•      incur additional indebtedness; 
•      declare or pay dividends, redeem stock or make other distributions to shareholders; 
•      make investments; 
•      create liens on their assets or use their assets as security in other transactions; 
•        enter  into  mergers,  consolidations  or  sales,  transfers,  leases  or  other  dispositions  of  all  or  substantially  all  of  the 

Company’s assets; 

•      enter into certain transactions with affiliates; and 
•      sell or transfer certain assets. 

Events of Default 

If the Company breaches or fails to perform any of the affirmative or negative covenants under the indenture governing the 
Senior Notes, or if other specified events occur (such as a bankruptcy or similar event), after giving effect to any applicable 
notice and right to cure provisions, an event of default will exist. If an event of default exists and is continuing, the terms of the 
indenture permit the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding Senior Notes to declare the principal, 
premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Senior Notes to be due and payable. 

Other Lines of Credit 

Subsidiaries of the Company have an aggregate of the equivalent of $6.0 million of other lines of credit available at interest 
rates ranging from 3.5% to 6.0%. As of January 3, 2021 and December 29, 2019, there were no borrowings outstanding under 
these lines of credit. 

Borrowing Costs 

Debt issuance costs associated with the Company’s Senior Notes and term loans under the Facility are reflected as a reduction 
of long-term debt in accordance with applicable accounting standards. These fees are amortized straight-line, which approximates 
the effective interest method, and over the life of the outstanding borrowing the debt balance will increase by the same amount 
as the fees that are amortized. As of January 3, 2021 and December 29, 2019, the unamortized debt issuance costs recorded as a 

55 

 
  
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
reduction of long-term debt were $8.6 million and $6.3 million, respectively. Expenses related to such costs for the years 2020, 
2019, and 2018 amounted to $1.7 million, $1.8 million, and $0.7 million, respectively. 

Other deferred borrowing costs, which include underwriting, legal and other direct costs related to the issuance of revolving 
debt,  net  of  accumulated  amortization,  were  $2.0  million  and  $1.3  million,  as  of  January 3,  2021  and  December 29,  2019, 
respectively. These amounts are included in other long term assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The Company 
amortizes these costs over the life of the related debt. Expenses related to such costs for the years 2020, 2019, and 2018 amounted 
to $0.4 million, $0.4 million, and $0.5 million, respectively. 

Future Maturities 

The aggregate maturities of borrowings for each of the five fiscal years subsequent to 2020 are as follows: 

Fiscal Year 

2021 ........................................................................................................................................................   $ 
2022 ........................................................................................................................................................  
2023 ........................................................................................................................................................  
2024 ........................................................................................................................................................  
2025 ........................................................................................................................................................  
Thereafter ................................................................................................................................................  
Total Debt ...............................................................................................................................................   $ 

Amount 
(in thousands) 

15,319   
15,319   
15,319   
15,319   
223,939   
300,000   
585,215   

Total long-term debt in the consolidated balance sheet includes a reduction for unamortized debt issuance costs of $8.6 

million which are excluded from the maturities table above. 

NOTE 10 – DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS 

Interest Rate Risk Management 

In the third quarter of 2017 and the first quarter of 2019, the Company entered into interest rate swap transactions in notional 
amounts of $100 million and $150 million, respectively, to fix the variable interest rate on a portion of its term loan borrowing 
under the Facility in order to manage a portion of its exposure to interest rate fluctuations. The Company’s objective and strategy 
with respect to these interest rate swaps was to protect the Company against adverse fluctuations in interest rates by reducing its 
exposure to variability to cash flows relating to interest payments on a portion of its outstanding debt. The Company met its 
objective by hedging the risk of changes in its cash flows (interest payments) attributable to changes in LIBOR, the designated 
benchmark interest rate being hedged (the “hedged risk”), on an amount of the Company’s debt principal equal to the outstanding 
swap notional amounts. 

Cash Flow Interest Rate Swaps 

Both of the interest rate swaps described above were designated and qualified as cash flow hedges of forecasted interest 
payments. The Company reports the changes in fair value of derivatives designated as hedging instruments as a component of 
other comprehensive income (or other comprehensive loss). Both of the interest rate swaps were terminated in the fourth quarter 
of 2020, and hedge accounting was also discontinued. This resulted in a loss of $3.9 million recorded in interest expense in the 
consolidated statement of operations as it is probable that a portion of the original forecasted transactions related to the portion 
of the hedged debt that was repaid will not occur by the end of the originally specified time period. As of January 3, 2021, the 
remaining accumulated other comprehensive loss of $8.7 million associated with the interest rate swaps will be amortized to 
earnings over the remaining term of the interest rate swaps prior to termination. 

Forward Contracts 

Our nora operations, from time to time, are party to currency forward contracts designed to hedge the cash flow risk of 
intercompany  sales  from  the  manufacturing  facility  in  Europe  to  the  Americas. The  Company’s  objective  and  strategy  with 
respect to these currency forward contracts is to protect the Company against adverse fluctuations in currency rates by reducing 
its  exposure  to  variability  in  cash  flows  related  to  receipt  of  payment  on  intercompany  sales. The  Company  is  meeting  its 

56 

  
  
  
  
  
    
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
objective by hedging the risk of changes in its cash flows (intercompany payments for inventory) attributable to changes in the 
U.S. dollar/Euro exchange rate (the “hedged risk”). Changes in fair value attributable to components other than exchange rates 
will be excluded from the assessment of effectiveness and amortized to earnings on a straight-line basis. Changes in fair value 
related  to  the effective portion  of  these  contracts will  be  reflected  as  a  component of  other  comprehensive  income  (or other 
comprehensive loss). As of January 3, 2021 and December 29, 2019, there were no active forward currency contracts. 

Derivative Transactions Not Designated as Hedging Instruments 

Our  Asia-Pacific  operations,  from  time  to  time,  purchase  foreign  currency  options  to  economically  hedge  inventory 
purchases denominated in foreign currencies other than their functional currency. The Company’s objective with respect to these 
foreign currency options is to protect the Company against adverse fluctuations in currency rates by reducing its exposure to 
variability in cash flows related to payment on inventory purchases. These options are classified as non-designated derivative 
instruments. Gains and losses on the changes in fair value of these foreign currency options are recognized in earnings each 
period. As of January 3, 2021, the Company had outstanding foreign currency options with an aggregate notional amount of 
$12.9 million. 

The table below sets forth the fair value of derivative instruments as of January 3, 2021: 

Asset Derivatives as of 
January 3, 2021 

Liability Derivatives as of 
January 3, 2021 

Balance Sheet 
Location 

Fair Value 

Balance Sheet 
Location 

Fair Value 

(in thousands) 

Derivative instruments designated as 

hedging instruments: 

Interest rate swap contracts ..................   Other current assets   $ 

Derivative instruments not designated as 

hedging instruments: 

Foreign currency options .....................   Other current assets   

  $ 

—      Accrued expenses 

 $ 

37      Accrued expenses 
37       

  $ 

—   

—   
—   

The table below sets forth the fair value of derivative instruments as of December 29, 2019: 

Asset Derivatives as of 
December 29, 2019 

Liability Derivatives as of 
December 29, 2019 

Balance Sheet 
Location 

Fair Value 

Balance Sheet 
Location 

Fair Value 

(in thousands) 

Derivative instruments designated as 

hedging instruments: 

Interest rate swap contracts ..................   Other current assets   $ 

Derivative instruments not designated as 

hedging instruments: 

Foreign currency options .....................   Other current assets   

  $ 

—      Accrued expenses 

 $ 

5,801   

251      Accrued expenses 
251      

  $ 

—   
5,801   

We expect that approximately $4.2 million related to the terminated interest rate swaps will be reclassified from accumulated 

other comprehensive loss as an increase to interest expense in the next 12 months. 

The following table summarizes the impact that changes in the fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges and 

included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness had on accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax: 

57 

 
 
  
  
  
   
       
      
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
   
   
 
  
  
 
  
  
   
       
      
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
   
   
 
  
 
 
  
  
    
       
       
 
Foreign currency contracts gain (loss) ..........................................   $ 
Interest rate swap contracts gain (loss) .........................................  
Gain (loss) recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) .....   $ 

2020 

Fiscal Year 
2019 
(in thousands) 

2018 

—     $ 
(2,027)    
(2,027)    $ 

468     $ 
(5,957)    
(5,489)    $ 

(468)  
890   
422   

Gains and losses from derivatives designated as cash flow hedges reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss 

into net income (loss) are discussed in Note 23 entitled “Items Reclassified From Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss.”  

The  following  table  summarizes  gains  and  losses  on  derivatives  not  designated  as  hedging  instruments  within  the 

consolidated statements of operations: 

Statement of 
Operations Location 

2020 

Foreign currency options gain (loss) .....  

Other expense 

  $ 

Fiscal Year 

2019 
(in thousands) 

2018 

13     $ 

(627)    $ 

992   

NOTE 11 – LEASES 

General 

On  December  31,  2018,  the  Company  adopted  the  new  lease  standard  using  the  transition  methodology  allowed  by  the 
standard to initially apply the new lease guidance at the adoption date and recognize a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening 
balance  of  retained  earnings  in  the  period  of  adoption.  We  have  operating  and  finance  leases  for  manufacturing  equipment, 
corporate offices, showrooms, distribution facilities, design centers, as well as computer and office equipment. Our leases have 
terms ranging from 1 to 20 years, some of which may include options to extend the lease term for up to 5 years, and certain leases 
may include an option to terminate the lease. Our lease terms may include these options to extend or terminate a lease when it is 
reasonably certain that we will exercise that option. 

As of January 3, 2021, there were no significant leases that had not commenced as of the end of fiscal year 2020. 

58 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
       
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below represents a summary of the balances recorded in the consolidated balance sheets related to our leases as of 

January 3, 2021 and December 29, 2019: 

Balance Sheet Location 

January 3, 2021 

December 29, 2019 

Operating 
Leases 

Finance Leases 

  Operating 

Leases 

Finance Leases 

Operating lease right-of-use assets ...........................   $ 

Current portion of operating lease liabilities .............   $ 
Operating lease liabilities ..........................................  

Total operating lease liabilities ..............................   $ 

Property, plant and equipment, net ...........................  

Accrued expenses .....................................................  
Other long-term liabilities .........................................  
Total finance lease liabilities ..................................  

98,013      

13,555      
86,468      
100,023      

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Lease Costs 

(in thousands) 
  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

6,138      

1,496      
2,688      
4,184      

107,044      

15,914      
91,829      
107,743      

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

5,007   

1,489   
1,673   
3,162   

Finance lease cost: 

Amortization of right-of-use assets...............................................................................   $ 
Interest on lease liabilities ............................................................................................  
Operating lease cost ..........................................................................................................  
Short-term lease cost .........................................................................................................  
Variable lease cost ............................................................................................................  
Total lease cost ....................................................................................................................   $ 

Other Supplemental Information 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities: 

Operating cash flows from finance leases .........................................................................   $ 
Operating cash flows from operating leases ......................................................................  
Financing cash flows from finance leases .........................................................................  
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new finance lease liabilities ..........................  
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities ......................  

Rental expense amounted to approximately $28.5 million for fiscal year 2018.  

59 

Fiscal Year 

2020 

2019 

(in thousands) 

1,251     $ 
86     
25,213     
525     
3,970     
31,045     $ 

890   
51   
24,246   
2,057   
3,665   
30,909   

Fiscal Year 

2020 

2019 

(in thousands) 

86     $ 
22,206     
1,727     
2,546     
2,504     

51   
22,597   
1,255   
2,240   
12,655   

  
 
    
       
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
   
   
 
  
 
   
   
   
 
  
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
    
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
    
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
Lease Term and Discount Rate 

The table below presents the weighted average remaining lease terms and discount rates for finance and operating leases as 

of January 3, 2021 and December 29, 2019: 

Weighted-average remaining lease term – finance leases (in years) ..................................  
Weighted-average remaining lease term – operating leases (in years) ..............................  
Weighted-average discount rate – finance leases ...............................................................  
Weighted-average discount rate – operating leases ...........................................................  

Maturity Analysis 

A maturity analysis of lease payments under non-cancellable leases is presented as follows: 

End of Fiscal Year 

2020 

3.35   
10.61   
2.64  %   
5.98  %   

2019 

2.76 
10.60 
2.06  % 
5.86  % 

Fiscal Year 

2021 .....................................................................................................................................   $ 
2022 .....................................................................................................................................  
2023 .....................................................................................................................................  
2024 .....................................................................................................................................  
2025 .....................................................................................................................................  
Thereafter .............................................................................................................................  
Total future minimum lease payments (undiscounted) ........................................................  
Less: Present value discount ................................................................................................  
Total lease liability ..............................................................................................................   $ 

Practical Expedients and Policy Elections 

Operating 
Leases 

Finance 
Leases 

(in thousands) 
19,055     $ 
15,680     
12,750     
10,715     
9,863     
70,744     
138,807     
(38,784)    
100,023     $ 

1,598   
1,128   
899   
577   
189   
—   
4,391   
(207)  
4,184   

The Company elected the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance of the new lease standard, 
which, among other things, allows us to carry forward the historical lease classification and not reassess any initial direct costs 
for existing leases. In addition, we elected the hindsight practical expedient to determine the lease term, which allows us to use 
hindsight when considering the impact of options to extend or terminate a lease as well as the option to purchase the underlying 
asset. 

NOTE 12 – GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

In connection with the nora acquisition on August 7, 2018, the Company recognized goodwill of $201.9 million and acquired 
intangible assets of $103.3 million. Goodwill includes all purchase price accounting adjustments of approximately $18.6 million 
related to additional liabilities that existed at the acquisition date. Goodwill and intangible assets were assigned pro-rata to the 
Company’s three operating segments. None of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. 

During  the  first  quarter  of  2020,  we  performed  a  qualitative  assessment  of  goodwill  impairment  indicators,  considering 
macroeconomic conditions related to the COVID-19 pandemic and its potential impact to sales and operating income. We expect 
that the duration of the COVID-19 pandemic and its adverse impacts on the global economy, global travel restrictions, COVID-
19 related government shutdowns, disruptions to our supply chain, distribution disruption, and disruption to our customers’ plans 
to spend capital on projects that use our products and services will result in lower revenue and operating income. As a result, we 
determined that there were indicators of impairment, and the Company proceeded with a quantitative assessment of goodwill for 
all reporting units at the end of the first quarter. 

60 

 
  
 
   
 
     
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
    
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In performing the first quarter quantitative goodwill impairment testing, the Company prepared valuations of reporting units 
on both a market comparable methodology and an income methodology, and those valuations were compared with the respective 
carrying values of the reporting units to determine whether any goodwill impairment existed. Our reporting units are one level 
below  our  reporting  segment  level.  In  preparing  the  valuations,  past,  present  and  future  expectations  of  performance  were 
considered, including the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. This methodology is consistent with the approach used to perform 
the annual quantitative goodwill assessment in prior years. The weighted average cost of capital used in the goodwill impairment 
testing  ranged  between  10.0%  and  10.5%,  which  primarily  fluctuated  based  on  a  country  risk  premium  assigned  to  the 
geographical region of the reporting unit. There is inherent uncertainty associated with key assumptions used in our impairment 
testing including the duration of the economic downturn associated with the COVID-19 pandemic and the recovery period. As a 
result of the first quarter assessment, we determined that the fair value for two reporting units was less than the carrying value 
and recognized a goodwill impairment loss of $116.5 million in the first quarter of 2020. The expected decline in revenue due to 
the impact of COVID-19 contributed to the lower fair value of our Europe and Asia-Pacific reporting units. As such, the goodwill 
impairment loss was allocated to our Europe and Asia-Pacific reporting units in the amounts of $99.2 million and $17.3 million, 
respectively. We determined that the goodwill in our Americas reporting unit was not impaired as the fair value exceeded the 
carrying value by more than 90% at April 5, 2020.  

During the fourth quarters of 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company performed the annual goodwill impairment test, consistent 
with the methodology discussed above. The Company performed this test at the reporting unit level, which is one level below 
the reporting segment level. In performing the impairment testing, the Company prepared valuations of reporting units on both 
a market comparable methodology and an income methodology, and those valuations were compared with the respective carrying 
values of the reporting units to determine whether any goodwill impairment existed. In preparing the valuations, past, present 
and future expectations of performance were considered, including the ongoing impact of the COVID-19 pandemic in 2020.  

Each  of  the  Company’s  reporting  units  maintained  fair  values  in  excess  of  their  respective  carrying  values  as  of  the 
measurement date, and therefore no impairment was indicated as a result of the annual impairment testing. As of January 3, 2021, 
if the Company’s estimates of the fair values of its reporting units which carry a goodwill balance were 10% lower, the Company 
still believes no goodwill impairment would have existed. However, the full extent of the future impact of COVID-19 on the 
Company was and remains uncertain, and a prolonged COVID-19 pandemic could result in additional impairment of goodwill. 

As of January 3, 2021, and December 29, 2019, the net carrying amount of goodwill was $165.8 million and $257.4 million, 
respectively. The changes in the carrying amounts of goodwill for the years ended January 3, 2021 and December 29, 2019 are 
as follows: 

Balance, at December 30, 2018 .............................................................................................................   $ 
Purchase price accounting adjustments ...............................................................................................  
Foreign currency translation ................................................................................................................  
Balance, at December 29, 2019 .............................................................................................................  
Impairment ..........................................................................................................................................  
Foreign currency translation ................................................................................................................  
Balance, at January 3, 2021 ...................................................................................................................   $ 

Goodwill 
(in thousands) 

245,815   
17,181   
(5,557)  
257,439   
(116,495)  
24,833   
165,777   

Additionally, we determined that the trademarks and trade names intangible assets related to the acquired nora business were 
also impaired and recognized an impairment loss of $4.8 million in the first quarter of 2020. There were no indicators of additional 
intangible asset impairment as of the end of fiscal year 2020. The net carrying amount of indefinite-lived intangible assets was 
$60.4 million  and  $59.4 million  as  of  January 3,  2021  and  December 29,  2019,  respectively.  The  net  carrying  amount  of 
intangible  assets  subject  to  amortization was  $27.3 million  and $29.7 million  as of January 3, 2021  and December 29, 2019, 
respectively. Amortization expense related to intangible assets during the years 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $5.5 million, $5.9 
million  and  $5.4  million,  respectively,  and  is  recorded  in  cost  of  sales  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations.  As  of 
January 3, 2021 and December 29, 2019, accumulated amortization related to intangible assets, including impacts of changes in 
foreign currency exchange rates, was $15.7 million and $12.9 million, respectively. 

61 

 
 
 
  
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 13 – PREFERRED STOCK 

The Company is authorized to designate and issue up to 5,000,000 shares of $1.00 par value preferred stock in one or more 
series and to determine the rights and preferences of each series, to the extent permitted by the Articles of Incorporation, and to 
fix the terms of such preferred stock without any vote or action by the shareholders. The issuance of any series of preferred stock 
may have an adverse effect on the rights of holders of common stock and could decrease the amount of earnings and assets 
available  for  distribution  to  holders  of  common  stock.  In  addition,  any  issuance  of  preferred  stock  could  have  the  effect  of 
delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company. As of January 3, 2021 and December 29, 2019, there were 
no shares of preferred stock issued. 

NOTE 14 – SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

The Company is authorized to issue 120 million shares of $0.10 par value Common Stock. The Company’s Common Stock 

is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol TILE. 

The Company paid cash dividends totaling $0.095 per share in 2020, $0.26 per share in 2019, and $0.26 per share in 2018, 
to each share of Common Stock. The future declaration and payment of dividends is at the discretion of the Company’s Board, 
and  depends  upon,  among  other  things,  the  Company’s  investment  policy  and  opportunities,  results  of  operations,  financial 
condition,  cash  requirements,  future  prospects,  and  other  factors  that  may  be  considered  relevant  at  the  time  of  the  Board’s 
determination.  Such  other  factors  include  limitations  contained  in  the  agreement  for  its  Syndicated  Credit  Facility  and  the 
indenture governing its 5.50% Senior Notes due 2028, which specify conditions as to when any dividend payments may be made. 
As such, the Company may discontinue its dividend payments in the future if its Board determines that a cessation of dividend 
payments is proper in light of the factors indicated above. 

In the second quarter of 2017, the Company adopted a share repurchase program in which the Company was authorized to 
repurchase up to $100 million of its outstanding shares of common stock. The program had no specific expiration date. Pursuant 
to this program, the Company repurchased shares in the past three years as follows. During 2018, the Company repurchased and 
retired 615,000 shares of common stock at a weighted average purchase price of $23.54 per share. During 2019, the Company 
repurchased and retired a combined total of 1,556,000 shares under these plans, at an average purchase price of $16.13 per share. 
As of December 29, 2019, the Company had completed the authorized share repurchase program. 

All treasury stock is accounted for using the cost method. 

62 

  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
The following tables depict the activity in the accounts which make up shareholders equity for fiscal years 2020, 2019, and 

2018: 

Balance, at December 29, 2019 ......  
Net loss ........................................  
Issuances of stock (other than 

restricted stock) .......................  
Restricted stock issuances ...........  
Unamortized compensation 

expense related to restricted 
stock awards ............................  
Cash dividends declared ..............  
Forfeitures and compensation 

expense related to stock awards
 .................................................  
Pension liability adjustment ........  
Foreign currency translation 

adjustment ...............................  

Cash flow hedge unrealized 
    loss ...........................................  
Balance, at January 3, 2021 ............  

Balance, at December 30, 2018 ....  
Net income ..................................  
Issuances of stock (other than 

restricted stock) ......................  
Restricted stock issuances ..........  
Unamortized compensation 

expense related to restricted 
stock awards ...........................  
Cash dividends declared .............  
Forfeitures and compensation 

expense related to stock awards
 ................................................  
Share repurchases .......................  
Pension liability adjustment .......  
Foreign currency translation 

adjustment ..............................  

Cash flow hedge unrealized 
    loss ..........................................  
Balance, at December 29, 2019 ....  

SHARES 

COMMON 
STOCK 

  ADDITIONAL 
PAID-IN 
CAPITAL 

RETAINED 
EARNINGS 
(in thousands) 
286,056     $ 
(71,929)    

250,306     $ 
—     

PENSION 
LIABILITY 

FOREIGN 
CURRENCY 
TRANSLATION 
ADJUSTMENT 

  CASH 
FLOW 
HEDGE 

(56,700)    $ 
—     

(113,139)    $ (4,163)  
—     
—   

195   
3,999     

(4,030)  
—     

(2,550)  
—     

—   

—   
—     

—   
(5,565)    

—   
—     

—   
—     

—   
—     

—   

—   
(12,588)    

—   

—   
—     

—   
—     

—   
—     

52,808   

—   
—   

—   
—   

—   
—   

—   

58,416     $ 
—     

5,842     $ 
—     

239   
304     

—   
—     

(295)  
—     

—   

24   
30     

—   
—     

(31)  
—     

—   

—   
58,664     $ 

—   
5,865     $ 

—   
247,920     $ 

—   
208,562     $ 

—   
(69,288)    $ 

—   

(2,027)  
(60,331)    $ (6,190)  

SHARES 

COMMON 
STOCK 

  ADDITIONAL 
PAID-IN 
CAPITAL 

RETAINED 
EARNINGS 
(in thousands) 
222,214     $ 
79,200     
—   
—     

270,269     $ 
—     
636   
3,900     

PENSION 
LIABILITY 

FOREIGN 
CURRENCY 
TRANSLATION 
ADJUSTMENT 

  CASH 
FLOW 
HEDGE 

(43,610)    $ 
—     
—   
—     

(101,487)    $  1,326   
—     
—   
—   
—     

—   
—   

(4,139)  
—     

—   
(15,358)    

—   
—     

4,638   
(24,998)    
—     

—   

—   
—     
—     

—   

—   
—     
(13,090)    

—   

(11,652)  

—   
—     

—   
—     
—     

—   
—   

—   
—   
—   

—   

59,508     $ 
—     
511   
223     

5,951     $ 
—     
51   
22     

—   
—     

(270)  
(1,556)    
—     

—   

—   
—     

(26)  
(156)    
—     

—   

—   
58,416     $ 

—   
5,842     $ 

—   
250,306     $ 

—   
286,056     $ 

—   
(56,700)    $ 

—   

(5,489)  
(113,139)    $ (4,163)  

63 

  
  
 
   
       
       
       
       
       
       
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
       
       
       
       
       
       
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SHARES 

COMMON 
STOCK 

  ADDITIONAL 
PAID-IN 
CAPITAL 

RETAINED 
EARNINGS 

PENSION 
LIABILITY 

FOREIGN 
CURRENCY 
TRANSLATION 
ADJUSTMENT 

CASH FLOW 
HEDGE 

Balance, at December 31, 2017 ......  
Net income ...................................  
Issuances of stock (other than 

restricted stock) .......................  
Restricted stock issuances ...........  
Unamortized compensation 

expense related to restricted 
stock awards ............................  
Cash dividends declared ..............  
Forfeitures and compensation 

expense related to stock awards
 .................................................  
Share repurchases ........................  
Pension liability adjustment ........  
Foreign currency translation 

adjustment ...............................  

Cash flow hedge unrealized 
    gain...........................................  
Balance, at December 30, 2018 ......  

59,806     $ 
—     

5,981     $ 
—     

224   
182     

—   
—     

(89)  
(615)    
—     
—   

22   
18     

—   
—     

(9)  
(61)    
—     
—   

—   
59,508     $ 

—   
5,951     $ 

(in thousands) 
271,271     $  187,432     $ 
50,253     

—     

476   
4,809     

—   
—     

(4,710)  
—     

—   
(15,471)    

(56,554)    $ 
—     

(78,943)    $ 
—     

904  
—  

—   
—     

—   
—     

—   
—     

—   
—     

12,847   
(14,424)    
—     
—   

—   
—     
—     
—   

—   
—     
12,944     
—   

—   
—     
—     
(22,544)  

—   

—   

270,269     $  222,214     $ 

—   
(43,610)    $ 

—   
(101,487)    $ 

422  
1,326  

—  
—  

—  
—  

—  
—  
—  

—  

In the first quarter of 2020, the Company elected to change its method for recognizing forfeitures of share-based awards. 
The cumulative effect of this change was $1.4 million of additional expense recognized in selling, general and administrative 
(“SG&A”) expenses within the consolidated statement of operations. Prior to this change, the Company estimated forfeitures and 
reduced  stock  compensation  expense  based  on  that  estimate.  Under  the  new  forfeiture  method,  the  Company  accounts  for 
forfeitures as they occur as permitted by generally accepted accounting principles. 

Stock Options 

The Company has an Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan (“Omnibus Plan”) under which a committee of independent directors 
is authorized to grant directors and key employees, including officers, restricted stock, incentive stock options, nonqualified stock 
options, stock appreciation rights, deferred shares, performance shares and performance units. Stock options are exercisable for 
shares  of  Common  Stock  at  a  price  not  less  than  100%  of  the  fair  market  value  on  the  date  of  grant.  The  options  become 
exercisable either immediately upon the grant date or ratably over a time period ranging from one to five years from the date of 
the grant. The Company’s options expire at the end of time periods ranging from three to ten years from the date of the grant. 

In  May  2015,  the  shareholders  approved  an  amendment  and  restatement  of  the  Omnibus  Plan.  This  amendment  and 
restatement extended the term of the Omnibus Plan and set the number of shares authorized for issuance or transfer on or after 
the  effective  date  of  the  amendment  and  restatement  at  5,161,020 shares,  except  that  each  share  issued  under  the  2015 plan 
pursuant to an award other than a stock option reduced the number of such authorized shares by 1.33 shares.  

In May 2020, the shareholders approved the adoption of the 2020 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan (“2020 Omnibus Plan”). 
The aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued or transferred under the 2020 Omnibus Plan on or after the 
effective date of the plan is 3,700,000 (and the 1.33 multiplier discussed in the paragraph immediately above was eliminated). 
No award may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the 2020 Omnibus Plan. 

Accounting standards require that the Company measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award 
of equity instruments based on the grant date fair market value of the award. That expense will be recognized over the period 
that the employee is required to provide the services – the requisite service period (usually the vesting period) – in exchange for 
the award. The grant date fair value for options and similar instruments will be estimated using option pricing models. Under 
accounting standards, the Company is required to select a valuation technique or option pricing model. The Company uses the 
Black-Scholes model. 

64 

  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
All outstanding stock options vested prior to 2015, and therefore, there was no stock option compensation expense during 

2020, 2019 or 2018. 

The following table summarizes stock options outstanding as of January 3, 2021, as well as activity during the previous 

fiscal year: 

Outstanding at December 29, 2019 ......................................................................  
Granted ................................................................................................................  
Exercised .............................................................................................................  
Forfeited or canceled ...........................................................................................  
Outstanding at January 3, 2021 ............................................................................  

Exercisable at January 3, 2021.............................................................................  

Restricted Stock Awards 

Shares 

  Weighted Average 
Exercise Price 

27,500     $ 
—     
(7,500)    
(20,000)    
—     $ 

—     $ 

12.43   
—   
12.43   
12.43   
—   

—   

During  fiscal  years  2020,  2019  and  2018,  the  Company  granted  restricted  stock  awards  totaling  308,100,  223,500,  and 
194,000 shares, respectively, of Common Stock. These awards (or a portion thereof) vest with respect to each recipient over a 
one to three year period from the date of grant, provided the individual remains in the employment or service of the Company as 
of the vesting date. Additionally, these shares (or a portion thereof) could vest earlier in the event of a change in control of the 
Company, or upon involuntary termination without cause. 

Compensation expense related to awards of restricted stock was $1.3 million, $3.3 million and $4.1 million for 2020, 2019 
and  2018,  respectively. These  grants  are  made  primarily  to  executive-level  personnel  at  the  Company  and,  as  a  result,  no 
compensation costs have been capitalized. The Company has reduced its expense for restricted stock forfeited during the period. 
The expense related to awards of restricted stock is captured in SG&A expenses on the consolidated statements of operations. 

The following table summarizes restricted stock outstanding as of January 3, 2021, as well as activity during the previous 

fiscal year: 

Outstanding at December 29, 2019 ......................................................................  
Granted ................................................................................................................  
Vested ..................................................................................................................  
Forfeited or canceled ...........................................................................................  
Outstanding at January 3, 2021 ............................................................................  

Shares 

Weighted Average  
Grant Date  
Fair Value 

468,200     $ 
308,100     
(176,100)    
(163,300)    
436,900     $ 

28.63   
13.08   
19.58   
19.49   
24.73   

As of January 3, 2021, the unrecognized total compensation cost related to unvested restricted stock was $3.0 million. That 

cost is expected to be recognized by the end of 2023. 

Performance Share Awards 

In each of the years 2018-2020, the Company issued awards of performance shares to certain employees. These awards vest 
based on the achievement of certain performance-based goals over a performance period of one to three years, subject to (among 
other things) the employee’s continued employment through the last date of the performance period, and will be settled in shares 
of  our  common  stock  or  in  cash  at  the  Company’s  election.  The  number  of  shares  that  may  be  issued  in  settlement  of  the 
performance shares to the award recipients may be greater (up to 200%) or lesser than the nominal award amount depending on 

65 

 
  
 
 
    
       
 
  
  
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
       
 
  
 
  
  
  
actual  performance  achieved  as  compared  to  the  performance  targets  set  forth  in  the  awards.  The  expense  related  to  these 
performance shares is captured in SG&A expenses on the consolidated statements of operations. 

The following table summarizes the performance shares outstanding as of January 3, 2021, as well as the activity during the 

year: 

Outstanding at December 29, 2019 ......................................................................  
Granted ................................................................................................................  
Vested ..................................................................................................................  
Forfeited or canceled ...........................................................................................  
Outstanding at January 3, 2021 ............................................................................  

Shares 

512,000     $ 
263,700     
(164,300)    
(206,100)    
405,300     $ 

Weighted 
Average Grant 
Date Fair Value 

19.71   
15.36   
19.74   
19.58   
16.94   

Compensation expense (benefit) related to the performance shares for 2020, 2019, and 2018 was $(1.8) million, $5.4 million 
and $10.4 million, respectively. Unrecognized compensation expense related to these performance shares was approximately 
$6.7 million as of January 3, 2021. Depending on the performance of the Company, any compensation expense related to these 
outstanding performance shares will be recognized by the end of 2023. 

The tax benefit recognized with respect to restricted stock and performance shares was $0.6 million, $1.4 million, and $2.4 

million in 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. 

 NOTE 15 – EARNINGS PER SHARE 

The Company calculates basic and diluted earnings per common share using the two-class method. Basic earnings (loss) per 
share  (“EPS”)  is  calculated  by  dividing  net  income  (loss)  by  the  weighted  average  common  shares  outstanding,  including 
participating securities outstanding, during the period as depicted below. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution beyond shares 
for basic EPS that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised, converted into common 
stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that would have shared in the Company’s earnings. Income attributable to 
non-controlling interest is included in the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share, where applicable. 

The Company includes all unvested stock awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents, 
whether paid or unpaid, in the number of common shares outstanding in our basic and diluted EPS calculations when the inclusion 
of these shares would be dilutive. Unvested share-based awards of restricted stock are paid dividends equally with all other shares 
of common stock. As a result, the Company includes all outstanding restricted stock awards in the calculation of basic and diluted 
EPS.  Distributed  earnings  include  common  stock  dividends  and  dividends  earned  on  unvested  share-based  payment  awards. 
Undistributed earnings represent earnings that were available for distribution but were not distributed. The following tables show 
distributed and undistributed earnings: 

Earnings (Loss) Per Share 
Basic earnings (loss) per share: 

Distributed earnings ......................................................   $ 
Undistributed earnings (loss) ........................................  

 Total ......................................................................   $ 

Diluted earnings (loss) per share: 

Distributed earnings ......................................................   $ 
Undistributed earnings (loss) ........................................  

Total .......................................................................   $ 

2020 

Fiscal Year 
2019 

2018 

0.10     $ 
(1.33)    
(1.23)    $ 

0.10     $ 
(1.33)    
(1.23)    $ 

0.26     $ 
1.08     
1.34     $ 

0.26     $ 
1.08     
1.34     $ 

0.26    
0.58    
0.84    

0.26    
0.58    
0.84    

66 

  
  
 
 
    
       
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
    
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
    
 
The following table presents net income that was attributable to participating securities: 

Net income attributable to participating securities ......................  $ 

—     $ 

0.6     $ 

0.5   

The weighted average shares for basic and diluted EPS were as follows: 

2020 

Fiscal Year 
2019 
(in millions) 

2018 

Weighted average shares outstanding .........................................  
Participating securities ................................................................  
Shares for basic earnings per share .............................................  
Dilutive effect of stock options ...................................................  
Shares for diluted earnings per share ..........................................  

2020 

Fiscal Year 
2019 
(in thousands) 

2018 

58,110     
437     
58,547     
—     
58,547     

58,475     
468     
58,943     
5     
58,948     

58,995   
549   
59,544   
22   
59,566   

For all periods presented, there were no stock options or participating securities excluded from the determination of diluted 

EPS. 

NOTE 16 – RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER CHARGES 

A summary of restructuring activities for the 2018 and 2019 restructuring plans is presented below: 

Workforce Reduction 

2019 Plan 

2018 Plan 

Other Exit Costs 

2019 Plan 
(in thousands) 

2018 Plan 

Total 

Balance, at December 31, 2017 ....   $ 
Charged to expenses ...................  
Deductions ..................................  
Balance, at December 30, 2018 ..  
Charged to expenses ...................  
Deductions ..................................  
Charged to other accounts ..........  
Balance, at December 29, 2019 ....  
Charged to expenses ...................  
Deductions ..................................  
Balance, at January 3, 2021 ..........   $ 

—     $ 
—     
—     
—     
8,827     
193     
—     
8,634     
(3,704)    
3,866     
1,064     $ 

—     $ 
10,816     
53     
10,763     
(1,743)    
7,122     
—     
1,898     
(223)    
1,675     
—     $ 

—     $ 
—     
—     
—     
188     
—     
49     
139     
—     
139     
—     $ 

—     $ 
1,144     
—     
1,144     
672     
1,042     
—     
774     
(699)    
75     
—     $ 

—   
11,960   
53   
11,907   
7,944   
8,357   
49   
11,445   
(4,626)  
5,755   
1,064   

For fiscal year 2020, the Company recorded a reduction of $4.6 million of previously recognized restructuring charges due 
to changes in expected cash payments. For fiscal years 2019 and 2018, the Company recorded restructuring, asset impairment, 
and other charges of $12.9 million and $20.5 million, respectively, in the consolidated statements of operations. The 2019 and 
2018 charges include other non-cash charges not included in the above table as further described below. As of January 3, 2021 
the total restructuring reserve was $1.1 million for the 2019 restructuring plan. The 2018 restructuring plan was completed as of 
January 3, 2021.  

67 

 
 
 
    
       
       
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
    
      
       
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
    
       
       
       
       
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Non-Cash Charges 

On December 29, 2018, the Company recorded other non-cash charges of approximately $8.6 million as part of the 2018 
restructuring  plan  primarily  related  to  the  write-down  of  certain  underutilized  and  impaired  assets  that  include  information 
technology  assets  and  obsolete  manufacturing  equipment.  These  charges  are  recorded  in  restructuring,  asset  impairment  and 
other charges in the 2018 consolidated statement of operations. 

On December 23, 2019, unrelated to the restructuring activity presented in the table above, the Company recorded other 
non-cash charges of approximately $5.0 million primarily related to adjusting the carrying value of certain insurance related 
assets. These charges are recorded in restructuring, asset impairment and other charges in the 2019 consolidated statement of 
operations. 

2019 Restructuring Plan 

On  December  23,  2019,  the  Company  committed  to  a  restructuring  plan  that  continues  to  focus  on  efforts  to  improve 
efficiencies and decrease costs across its worldwide operations, and more closely align its operating structure with its business 
strategy. The plan involved a reduction of approximately 105 employees and early termination of two office leases. As a result 
of this plan, the Company recorded a pre-tax restructuring charge in the fourth quarter of 2019 of approximately $9.0 million. 
The charge is comprised of severance expenses ($8.8 million) and lease exit costs ($0.2 million). The plan was expected to result 
in future cash expenditures of approximately $9.0 million for the payment of employee severance and lease exit costs. 

In 2020, the Company recorded a reduction of $3.7 million of the previously recognized charges due to changes in expected 
cash payments for employee severance. The plan was substantially completed at the end of fiscal year 2020, and the Company 
expects the plan to yield annualized savings of approximately $6.0 million. A portion of the annualized savings was realized on 
the income statement in fiscal year 2020, with the remaining portion of the annualized savings expected to be realized in fiscal 
year 2021. 

2018 Restructuring Plan 

On December 29, 2018, the Company committed to a restructuring plan in its continuing efforts to improve efficiencies and 
decrease costs across its worldwide operations, and more closely align its operating structure with its business strategy. The plan 
involved (i) a restructuring of its sales and administrative operations in the United Kingdom, (ii) a reduction of approximately 
200 employees, primarily in the Europe and Asia-Pacific geographic regions, and (iii) the write-down of certain underutilized 
and impaired assets that included information technology assets and obsolete manufacturing equipment. 

As a result of this plan, the Company recorded a pre-tax restructuring and asset impairment charge in the fourth quarter of 
2018  of  approximately  $20.5  million. The  charge  was  comprised  of  severance  expenses  (approximately  $10.8  million), 
impairment of assets (approximately $8.6 million) and other items (approximately $1.1 million). The charge was expected to 
result  in  future  cash  expenditures  of  $12.0  million,  primarily  for  severance  payments  (approximately  $10.8  million). The 
restructuring plan was substantially completed at the end of fiscal year 2019.  

In the third quarter of 2019, the Company recorded $0.7 million of restructuring charges related to additional lease exit costs 
in connection with the restructuring plan announced on December 29, 2018. In the fourth quarter of 2019, the Company adjusted 
its  previously  recorded  severance  expenses  in  connection  with  the  2018  restructuring  plan  and  recognized  a  reduction  in 
restructuring costs of $1.7 million in 2019. In 2020, the Company further adjusted its previously recorded severance expenses 
and other exit costs and recognized a reduction in restructuring costs of $0.9 million. The restructuring plan was completed as of 
January 3, 2021.  

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
NOTE 17 – INCOME TAXES 

Income (loss) before income taxes consisted of the following: 

U.S. operations ................................................................   $ 
Foreign operations ..........................................................  
Income (loss) before income taxes .................................   $ 

2020 

Fiscal Year 
2019 
(in thousands) 

2018 

(7,104)    $ 
(72,316)    
(79,420)    $ 

46,463     $ 
55,353     
101,816     $ 

35,728   
19,263   
54,991   

Provisions for federal, foreign and state income taxes in the consolidated statements of operations consisted of the following 

components: 

2020 

Fiscal Year 
2019 
(in thousands) 

2018 

Current expense (benefit): 

Federal .....................................................................   $ 
Foreign .....................................................................  
State .........................................................................  
Current expense (benefit) ................................................  

Deferred expense (benefit): 

Federal .....................................................................  
Foreign .....................................................................  
State .........................................................................  
Deferred expense (benefit) ..............................................  

(22,976)    $ 
14,822     
529     
(7,625)    

1,787     
(2,422)    
769     
134     

8,414     $ 
14,513     
2,312     
25,239     

(625)    
(2,198)    
200     
(2,623)    

Total income tax expense (benefit) .................................   $ 

(7,491)    $ 

22,616     $ 

(3,549)  
14,548   
2,628   
13,627   

2,145   
(11,228)  
194   
(8,889)  

4,738   

69 

  
  
  
    
       
       
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
    
       
       
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
    
    
  
 
   
   
  
    
    
  
 
   
   
 
 
 
The  Company’s  effective  tax  rate  was  9.4%,  22.2%  and  8.6%  for  fiscal  years  2020,  2019  and  2018,  respectively.  The 
following summary reconciles income taxes at the U.S. federal statutory rate of 21% applicable for all periods presented to the 
Company’s actual income tax expense: 

Income taxes at U.S. federal statutory rate .....................   $ 
Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from: 

State income taxes, net of federal tax effect ................  
Non-deductible business expenses ..............................  
Non-deductible employee compensation ....................  
Tax effects of Company owned life insurance ............  
Tax effects of Tax Act: 

One-time transition tax on foreign earnings ............  
Remeasurement of net Deferred Tax Asset .............  

Tax effects of undistributed earnings from foreign 

subsidiaries not deemed to be indefinitely reinvested
 ..................................................................................  

Foreign and U.S. tax effects attributable to foreign 

operations .................................................................  
Valuation allowance effect ...........................................  
Research and development tax credits .........................  
Goodwill impairment ...................................................  
Changes in unrecognized tax benefits ..........................  
Other ............................................................................  
Income tax expense (benefit) ..........................................   $ 

2020 

Fiscal Year 
2019 
(in thousands) 

(16,678)    $ 

21,381     $ 

(2,033)    
1,792     
(210)    
(898)    

—     
—     

748   

(11,991)  
12,927     
(780)    
24,464     
(14,962)    
130     
(7,491)    $ 

2,321     
933     
1,453     
(636)    

—     
—     

(183)  

783   
133     
(700)    
—     
(3,324)    
455     
22,616     $ 

2018 

11,548   

2,228   
1,352   
2,566   
235   

(5,000)  
(1,739)  

61   

(2,226)  
(79)  
(2,863)  
—   
(1,010)  
(335)  
4,738   

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) was signed into law in response 
to the COVID-19 pandemic and provides certain tax relief to businesses. Tax provisions of the CARES Act include, among other 
things, the deferral of certain payroll taxes, relief for retaining employees, and certain income tax provisions for corporations. 
As of January 3, 2021, the Company deferred $4.1 million in payroll taxes under the CARES Act. In addition, the Company 
benefited from the relaxed 163(j) limitation and the technical correction related to depreciation of leasehold improvements, all 
of which did not have a material impact on the Company’s effective tax rate during the year. 

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) was enacted into law. In accordance with SEC Staff 
Bulletin  No.  118  (“SAB  118”),  the  Company  recorded  certain  provisional  estimates  for  the  impact  of  the  Tax  Act  as  of 
December 31, 2017. Under the transitional provisions of SAB 118, the Company had a one-year measurement period to complete 
the accounting for the initial tax effects of the Tax Act. During the year ended December 30, 2018, the Company completed its 
accounting for the provisional estimates of the Tax Act and finalized its measurement period adjustments related to the one-time 
transition tax and remeasurement of its net deferred tax asset, as further discussed below.  

Impacts of Deemed Repatriation: The Tax Act imposed a one-time transition tax on unrepatriated post-1986 accumulated 
earnings  and  profits  of  certain  foreign  subsidiaries  (“E&P”).  As  of  December 30,  2018,  the  Company  had  completed  its 
assessment of the one-time transition tax which resulted in a $5.0 million decrease to the previously recorded provisional amount.  

Remeasurement  of  Deferred  Tax  Assets  and  Liabilities:  As  of  December  30,  2018,  the  Company  had  completed  the 
accounting of remeasuring its net deferred tax asset to reflect the change in corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% which resulted 
in a $1.7 million decrease to the previously recorded provisional amount. 

70 

  
 
 
    
       
       
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
Deferred income taxes for the years ended January 3, 2021 and December 29, 2019, reflect the net tax effects of temporary 
differences  between  the  carrying  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  for  financial  reporting  purposes  and  the  amounts  used  for 
income tax purposes. 

The temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows: 

Deferred tax assets 

Lease liability ....................................................................................................................   $ 
Net operating loss carryforwards ......................................................................................  
Federal tax credit carryforwards .......................................................................................  
Derivative instruments ......................................................................................................  
Deferred compensation .....................................................................................................  
Inventory ...........................................................................................................................  
Prepaids, accruals and reserves .........................................................................................  
Pensions ............................................................................................................................  
Other .................................................................................................................................  
Deferred tax asset, gross ......................................................................................................  
Valuation allowance ..........................................................................................................  
Deferred tax asset, net ..........................................................................................................   $ 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Property and equipment ....................................................................................................   $ 
Intangible assets ................................................................................................................  
Lease asset ........................................................................................................................  
Foreign currency ...............................................................................................................  
Foreign withholding and U.S. state taxes on unremitted earnings ....................................  
Deferred tax liabilities .........................................................................................................  

End of Fiscal Year 

2020 

2019 

(in thousands) 

28,094     $ 
4,031     
10,412     
2,680     
20,244     
4,004     
3,659     
11,485     
50     
84,659     
(13,919)    
70,740     $ 

27,322     $ 
30,745     
27,268     
606     
931     
86,872     

29,782   
3,090   
—   
1,638   
20,194   
3,200   
7,935   
9,229   
71   
75,139   
(971)  
74,168   

23,770   
33,760   
29,301   
3,026   
178   
90,035   

Net deferred tax liabilities ....................................................................................................   $ 

16,132     $ 

15,867   

Management believes, based on the Company’s history of taxable income and expectations for the future, that it is more 

likely than not that future taxable income will be sufficient to fully utilize the federal deferred tax assets at January 3, 2021. 

Beginning in 2018, the Tax Act included two new U.S. tax base erosion provisions, the global intangible low-taxed income 
(“GILTI”) provisions and the base-erosion and anti-abuse tax (“BEAT”) provisions. The Company has elected to account for tax 
effects of GILTI in the period when incurred, and therefore has not provided any deferred tax impacts of GILTI in its consolidated 
financial statements. 

As of January 3, 2021, the Company, as a result of amending prior year tax returns, has approximately $10.1 million of 
foreign  tax  credit  carryforwards  with  expiration  dates  through  2029.  A  full  valuation  allowance  has  been  provided  as  the 
Company does not expect to utilize these foreign tax credits before the expiration dates. As of January 3, 2021, the Company has 
approximately $142.7 million in state net operating loss carryforwards relating to continuing operations with expiration dates 
through 2036 and has provided a valuation allowance against $74.8 million of such losses, which the Company does not expect 
to  utilize.  In  addition,  as  of  January 3,  2021,  the  Company  has  approximately  $30.2  million  in  state  net  operating  loss 
carryforwards relating to discontinued operations against which a full valuation allowance has been provided. 

71 

 
  
  
    
       
 
  
  
 
  
 
   
  
 
   
 
   
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
As of January 3, 2021, and December 29, 2019, non-current deferred tax assets were reduced by approximately $3.0 million 

and $2.8 million, respectively, of unrecognized tax benefits. 

Historically,  the  Company  has  not  provided  for  U.S.  income  taxes  and  foreign  withholding  taxes  on  the  undistributed 
accumulated  earnings  of  its  foreign  subsidiaries,  with  the  exception  of  its  Canada  subsidiaries  and  a  specific  portion  of  the 
undistributed  earnings  of  foreign  subsidiaries  outside  of  Canada,  because  such  earnings  were  deemed  to  be  permanently 
reinvested. 

Although  the  Tax  Act  of  2017  created  a  dividends  received  deduction  that  generally  eliminates  additional  U.S.  federal 
income taxes on dividends from our foreign subsidiaries, the Company continues to assert that all of its undistributed earnings 
in its non-U.S. subsidiaries, excluding undistributed earnings for which U.S. income taxes and foreign withholding taxes have 
been provided, are indefinitely reinvested outside of the U.S. The Company expects that domestic cash resources will be sufficient 
to fund its domestic operations and cash commitments in the future. In the event the Company determines not to continue to 
assert that all or part of its undistributed earnings in its non-U.S. subsidiaries are permanently reinvested, an actual repatriation 
from its non-U.S. subsidiaries could still be subject to additional foreign withholding and U.S. state taxes, the determination of 
which is not practicable. 

The Company’s federal income tax returns are subject to examination for the years 2017 to the present. The Company files 
returns in numerous state and local jurisdictions and in general it is subject to examination by the state tax authorities for the 
years 2015 to the present. The Company files returns in numerous foreign jurisdictions and in general it is subject to examination 
by the foreign tax authorities for the years 2009 to the present. 

During a review of the 2015 tax return of the Company’s U.K. subsidiary, Her Majesty’s Revenue & Customs (“HMRC”) 
issued a discovery assessment for the years 2012 through 2014 related to the interest rate applied in its intra-group financing 
arrangement with a subsidiary in the Netherlands. HMRC extended its inquiry to tax years 2016 and 2017; although HMRC has 
not yet issued final assessments for tax years 2015 through 2017, the Company has received notices of amendment to the tax 
returns for these years. The Company is in the process of filing a request with the Competent Authority of the Netherlands to 
initiate a mutual agreement procedure (“MAP”) under article 25 of the bilateral tax treaty between the United Kingdom and the 
Netherlands related to the double taxation arising from the HMRC adjustments. Management believes it is more likely than not 
that  the  Company  will  obtain  relief  from  double  taxation  through  the  MAP,  and  as  such,  does  not  anticipate  the  HMRC 
adjustments related to its intra-group financing arrangement with the Netherlands will result in a material change to its financial 
position. The Company will continue to evaluate the progress of the MAP and will recognize all related adjustments when the 
recognition thresholds have been met. 

As  of  January 3,  2021,  and  December 29,  2019,  the  Company  had  $10.8  million  and  $25.5  million,  respectively,  of 
unrecognized tax benefits. For the years ended January 3, 2021 and December 29, 2019, the Company recognized as income tax 
benefits $15.0 million and $3.3 million, respectively, of previously unrecognized tax benefits. Of the $15.0 million income tax 
benefits recognized for the year ended January 3, 2021, $12.7 million related to a worthless stock loss claimed on the Company’s 
exit  of  its  broadloom  business  (discontinued  operations).  It  is  reasonably  possible  that  approximately  $2.1  million  of 
unrecognized tax benefits may be recognized within the next 12 months due to a lapse of statute of limitations and settlements 
with taxing authorities. 

If any of the $10.8 million of unrecognized tax benefits as of January 3, 2021 are recognized, there would be a favorable 
impact on the Company’s effective tax rate of approximately $10.0 million in future periods. If the unrecognized tax benefits are 
not favorably settled, $7.8 million of the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits would require the use of cash in future periods. 
The Company recognizes accrued interest and income tax penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income 
tax expense. As of January 3, 2021, the Company had accrued interest and penalties of $1.5 million, which is included in the 
total unrecognized tax benefit noted above. The timing of the ultimate resolution of the Company’s tax matters and the payment 
and receipt of related cash is dependent on a number of factors, many of which are outside the Company’s control. 

72 

  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of gross unrecognized tax benefits is as follows: 

Balance at beginning of year ...........................................................   $ 
Increases related to tax positions taken during the current year ....  
Increases related to tax positions taken during the prior years ......  
Decreases related to tax positions taken during the prior years .....  
Decreases related to lapse of applicable statute of limitations ......  
Changes due to foreign currency translation .................................  
Balance at end of year ......................................................................   $ 

NOTE 18 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 

2020 

Fiscal Year 
2019 
(in thousands) 

2018 

25,486     $ 
271     
536     
(673)    
(14,992)    
171     
10,799     $ 

28,143     $ 
318     
1,093     
(2,809)    
(1,266)    
7     
25,486     $ 

29,221   
671   
180   
—   
(1,861)  
(68)  
28,143   

From  time  to  time,  the  Company  is  a  party  to  legal  proceedings,  whether  arising  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  or 

otherwise. Some of the proceedings the Company is involved in are summarized below. 

SEC Investigation 

As previously reported, since November 2017 the Securities & Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) had been conducting an 
investigation into the Company’s historical quarterly earnings per share calculations and rounding practices during the period 
2014-2017.  In  the  third  quarter  of  2020,  the  Company  successfully  reached  a  settlement  with  the  SEC  in  this  matter.  The 
Company consented to the entry of an order by the SEC which states, among other things, that the Company was negligent in 
making  certain  accounting  entries  in  2015  and  2016.  As  part  of  the  settlement,  the  Company  did  not  admit  or  deny  any 
wrongdoing. The Company paid a $5.0 million fine to resolve the matter, and was ordered to cease-and-desist from violating 
certain federal securities laws. 

Lawsuit by Former CEO in Connection with Termination 

On January 19, 2020, the Company’s Board of Directors voted to terminate for cause the employment of Jay D. Gould, then 
President and Chief Executive Officer, effective immediately, for violations of the Company’s working environment policies. 
On February 14, 2020, Mr. Gould filed a lawsuit against the Company in the United States District Court of the Northern District 
of  Georgia,  Gould  v.  Interface,  Inc.,  Case  No.  1:20-cv-00695.   In  his  lawsuit,  Mr.  Gould  asserts  several  claims  against  the 
Company in connection with his termination, including that the termination was a wrongful retaliation against Mr. Gould and 
breached  his  employment  contract  with  the  Company,  that  public  statements  made  by  the  Company  in  connection  with  his 
termination defamed Mr. Gould (two counts) and that the Company’s investigation into Mr. Gould’s conduct that preceded the 
termination was negligently performed (although the Court has since granted judgment on the pleadings in favor of the Company 
on Mr. Gould’s putative claim of negligent investigation). Among other unspecified relief, Mr. Gould seeks in excess of $10 
million in damages for the breach of contract claim and $100 million for each of the other claims, as well as attorneys’ fees. 

The Company believes the lawsuit is without merit and intends to defend vigorously against it. 

Putative Class Action Lawsuit 

On November  12, 2020,  the Company,  the Company’s  current  and former president  and  chief  executive officer,  and  its 
current chief financial officer were named as defendants in a lawsuit filed in the United States District Court for the Eastern 
District of New York, Swanson v. Interface, Inc. et al. (case :120-cv-05518). The lawsuit is a federal securities law class action 
that alleges that the defendants made materially false and misleading statements regarding the Company’s business, operational 
and compliance policies. The specific allegations relate to the subject matter of the concluded SEC investigation described above. 
The complaint does not quantify the damages sought. 

73 

  
  
    
       
       
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company is evaluating the lawsuit, but believes that it is without merit and that the Company has good defenses to it. 
The Company intends to defend itself vigorously against the action and any other substantially similar ones that may be filed 
against it in the future. 

NOTE 19 – EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS 

Defined Contribution and Deferred Compensation Plans 

The Company has a 401(k) retirement investment plan (“401(k) Plan”), which is open to all eligible U.S. employees with at 
least six months of service. The 401(k) Plan calls for Company matching contributions on a sliding scale based on the level of 
the employee’s contribution. The Company may, at its discretion, make additional contributions to the 401(k) Plan based on the 
attainment of certain performance targets by its subsidiaries. The Company’s matching contributions are funded bi-monthly and 
totaled  approximately  $1.6  million,  $3.3  million,  and  $3.2  million  for  the  years  2020,  2019,  and  2018,  respectively.  No 
discretionary contributions were made in 2020, 2019, or 2018.  

Under the Company’s nonqualified savings plans (“NSPs”), the Company provides eligible employees the opportunity to 
enter into agreements for the deferral of a specified percentage of their compensation, as defined in the NSPs. The NSPs call for 
Company matching contributions on a sliding scale based on the level of the employee’s contribution. The obligations of the 
Company under such agreements to pay the deferred compensation in the future in accordance with the terms of the NSPs are 
unsecured general obligations of the Company. Participants have no right, interest or claim in the assets of the Company, except 
as unsecured general creditors. The Company has established a rabbi trust to hold, invest and reinvest deferrals and contributions 
under the NSPs. If a change in control of the Company occurs, as defined in the NSPs, the Company will contribute an amount 
to the rabbi trust sufficient to pay the obligation owed to each participant. Deferred compensation in connection with the NSPs 
totaled  $33.1  million  and  $31.9  million  at  January 3,  2021  and  December 29,  2019,  respectively.  The  Company  invests  the 
deferrals in insurance instruments with readily determinable cash surrender values. The value of the insurance instruments was 
$33.9 million and $30.1 million as of January 3, 2021 and December 29, 2019, respectively. 

In 2020, the Company temporarily suspended its 401(k) and NSP matching contributions described above. These employer 

matching contributions were resumed in 2021. 

Multiemployer Plan 

As discussed below, on December 31, 2019, a plan amendment was executed to eliminate future service accruals in the 
Dutch defined benefit plan, resulting in a curtailment of the plan. This plan remains in existence and will continue to pay vested 
benefits. Active participants no longer accrue benefits after December 31, 2019, and instead participate in the Industry-Wide 
Pension  Fund  (the  “IWPF”)  multi-employer  plan  beginning  in  fiscal  year  2020.  During  2020,  the  Company  recorded  multi-
employer pension expense related to multi-employer contributions of $2.5 million. The Company’s contributions into the IWPF 
are less than 5% of total plan contributions. The IWPF is more than 95% funded at the end of 2019, which is the latest date plan 
information is available. The IWPF multi-employer plan is not considered to be significant based on the funded status of the plan 
and our contributions. 

Foreign Defined Benefit Plans 

The  Company  has  trusteed defined benefit  retirement  plans which  cover  many  of  its European  employees.  The benefits 
under  these  defined  benefit  retirement  plans  are  generally  based  on  years  of  service  and  the  employee’s  average  monthly 
compensation. In connection with the nora acquisition on August 7, 2018, the Company acquired an additional defined benefit 
plan, which covers certain employees in Germany (the “nora Plan”). The nora plan has no plan assets. The Company uses a year-
end measurement date for the plans, which is the closest practical date to the Company’s fiscal year end. 

As described above, on December 31, 2019, a plan amendment was executed to eliminate future service accruals in the 
Dutch defined benefit plan. The Dutch plan will remain in existence and continue to pay vested benefits. The reduction in future 
benefit accruals resulted in a curtailment of the plan. Participants in the Dutch plan will no longer accrue benefits under the plan 
after December 31, 2019 and will participate in the IWPF beginning in fiscal year 2020. Although the Dutch plan is frozen to 
new  participants,  vested  benefits  prior  to  the  curtailment  will  continue  to  be  accounted  for  in  accordance  with  applicable 
accounting standards for defined benefit plans. The Dutch plan is financed by assets held in an insurance contract. The guarantee 
provision included in the insurance contract, that existed to fund any shortfall between the fair value of plan investments and the 

74 

 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
benefit obligation, expired on December 31, 2019. The Company will fund the cost to guarantee vested benefits and this amount 
will be recorded as an obligation on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. 

The curtailment of the Dutch plan resulted in a decrease to the projected benefit obligation with an offsetting actuarial gain 
recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income of approximately $2.4 million in fiscal year 2019. The accumulated net 
actuarial loss for the Dutch plan, after the impact of the curtailment, was $16.7 million at December 29, 2019. This amount will 
be reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income and increase pension expense over the life expectancy of vested 
participants when the actuarial loss exceeds the 10% corridor. The curtailment also resulted in a $0.5 million reclassification of 
prior service cost from accumulated other comprehensive income, which was recognized as a reduction of pension expense in 
fiscal year 2019.  

As discussed above, the Company still has an obligation to pay vested benefits in the frozen Dutch plan. As of January 3, 
2021, the under-funded status of the Dutch plan of $6.8 million is recorded on the consolidated balance sheet in other long-term 
liabilities.  

Pension expense was $2.5 million, $2.3 million, and $1.7 million for the years 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Plan assets 
are primarily invested in insurance contracts and equity and fixed income securities. As of January 3, 2021, for the European 
plans, the Company had a net liability recorded of $60.9 million, an amount equal to their underfunded status, and had recorded 
in accumulated other comprehensive loss an amount equal to $58.3 million (net of taxes of approximately $18.7 million) related 
to the future amounts to be recorded in net periodic benefit costs. In the next fiscal year, approximately $1.5 million will be 
reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost. 

75 

 
 
 
  
 
 
The tables presented below set forth the funded status of the Company’s significant foreign defined benefit plans and required 

disclosures in accordance with applicable accounting standards: 

Change in benefit obligation: 

Benefit obligation, beginning of year ...............................................................   $ 
Service cost ......................................................................................................  
Interest cost ......................................................................................................  
Benefits and expenses paid ..............................................................................  
Actuarial loss (gain) .........................................................................................  
Curtailment gain ...............................................................................................  
Member contributions ......................................................................................  
Currency translation adjustment .......................................................................  

Benefit obligation, end of year .........................................................................   $ 

Change in plan assets: 

Plan assets, beginning of year ..........................................................................   $ 
Actual return on assets .....................................................................................  
Company contributions ....................................................................................  
Benefits paid ....................................................................................................  
Currency translation adjustment .......................................................................  

Plan assets, end of year ....................................................................................   $ 

Fiscal Year 

2020 

2019 

(in thousands) 

314,841   
1,070   
4,038   
(12,041)  
31,618   
—   
—   
24,917   
364,443   

266,450   
25,239   
4,451   
(12,041)  
19,432   
303,531   

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

285,508   
1,589   
5,676   
(13,034)  
37,409   
(2,421)  
221   
(107)  
314,841   

249,313   
24,999   
3,954   
(13,034)  
1,218   
266,450   

Reconciliation to balance sheet 

Funded status benefit asset (liability) ...............................................................   $ 

(60,912)  

 $ 

(48,391)  

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income, after tax: 

Unrecognized actuarial loss .............................................................................   $ 
Unamortized prior service credits ....................................................................  

Total amount recognized ..................................................................................   $ 

Accumulated benefit obligation ...........................................................................   $ 

58,257   
—   
58,257   

364,443   

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

47,561   
—   
47,561   

314,841   

The January 3, 2021 pension liability above includes current liabilities of $1.1 million and non-current liabilities of $59.8 

million and $48.4 million as of January 3, 2021 and December 29, 2019, respectively. 

76 

  
  
    
       
 
  
  
 
  
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
  
    
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
  
    
  
 
   
  
    
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
The above disclosure represents the aggregation of information related to the Company’s three defined benefit plans which 
cover many of its European employees. As of December 29, 2019, one of these plans, which primarily covers certain employees 
in the United Kingdom (the “UK Plan”), had assets in excess of the accumulated benefit obligation, but its assets were less than 
the accumulated benefit obligation as of January 3, 2021. The nora Plan is an unfunded defined benefit plan and the accumulated 
benefit obligation exceeded plan assets. The following table summarizes this information as of January 3, 2021 and December 29, 
2019. 

UK Plan 
Projected benefit obligation .................................................................................   $ 
Accumulated benefit obligation ...........................................................................  
Plan assets ............................................................................................................  

Dutch Plan 
Projected benefit obligation .................................................................................   $ 
Accumulated benefit obligation ...........................................................................  
Plan assets ............................................................................................................  

nora Plan 
Projected benefit obligation .................................................................................   $ 
Accumulated benefit obligation ...........................................................................  
Plan assets ............................................................................................................  

End of Fiscal Year 

2020 

2019 

(in thousands) 

198,215     $ 
198,215     
193,991     

116,379     $ 
116,379     
109,540     

49,849     $ 
49,849     
—     

170,958   
170,958   
174,156   

100,996   
100,996   
92,294   

42,887   
42,887   
—   

Components of net periodic benefit cost: 

Service cost .........................................................................   $ 
Interest cost .........................................................................  
Expected return on plan assets ............................................  
Amortization of prior service cost .......................................  
Amortization of net actuarial (gains) losses ........................  
Curtailment gain ..................................................................  
Net periodic benefit cost ........................................................   $ 

2020 

Fiscal Year 
2019 
(in thousands) 

2018 

1,070     $ 
4,038     
(4,256)    
106     
1,549     
—     
2,507     $ 

1,589     $ 
5,676     
(5,561)    
63     
991     
(453)    
2,305     $ 

1,112    
5,467    
(6,234)   
(27)   
1,394    
—    
1,712    

In accordance with applicable accounting standards, the service cost component of net periodic benefit costs is presented 
within operating income in the consolidated statements of operations, while all other components of net periodic benefit costs 
are presented within other expense in the consolidated statements of operations. 

77 

  
  
    
       
 
  
  
 
  
    
  
  
 
   
  
    
  
 
   
    
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
    
    
 
 
 
During 2020, other comprehensive income was impacted after tax by approximately $7.4 million comprised of actuarial loss 

of approximately $8.6 million and amortization of $1.2 million.  

Weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic 

benefit cost: 

Discount rate ......................................................................  
Expected return on plan assets ...........................................  
Rate of compensation ........................................................  

Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit 

obligations: 

Discount rate ......................................................................  
Rate of compensation ........................................................  

2020 

Fiscal Year 
2019 

2018 

1.0  %   
1.2  %   
—  %   

1.0  %   
—  %   

1.9  %   
2.1  %   
1.75  %   

1.7  %   
1.75  %   

1.9  % 
1.8  % 
1.75  % 

2.5  % 
1.75  % 

The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets assumption is based on weighted average expected returns for each 
asset  class.  Expected  returns  reflect  a  combination  of  historical  performance  analysis  and  the  forward-looking  views  of  the 
financial markets, and include input from actuaries, investment service firms and investment managers. 

The investment objectives of the foreign defined benefit plans are to maximize the return on the investments to ensure that 
the  assets  are  sufficient  to  exceed  minimum  funding  requirements,  and  to  achieve  a  favorable  return  against  performance 
expectations based on historical and projected rates of return over the short term. The goal is to optimize the long-term return on 
plan assets at a moderate level of risk, by balancing higher-returning assets, such as equity securities, with less volatile assets, 
such  as  fixed  income  securities.  The  assets  are  managed  by  professional  investment  firms  and  performance  is  evaluated 
periodically against specific benchmarks. The plans’ net assets did not include the Company’s own stock at January 3, 2021 or 
December 29, 2019. 

Dutch Plan Assets and Indexation Benefit 

As  is  common  in  Dutch  pension  plans,  the  Dutch  plan  includes  a  provision  for  discretionary  benefit  increases  termed 
“indexation.” The indexation benefit is meant to adjust pension benefits for cost-of-living increases, similar to U.S. consumer 
price  index-based  cost-of-living  adjustments  for U.S. retirement plans.  The  indexation benefit  is  not guaranteed,  and  is only 
provided for and paid out if sufficient assets are available due to favorable asset returns. 

Both the vested benefit amounts as well as amounts related to the discretionary indexation benefits under the Dutch plan are 
paid pursuant to an insurance contract with a private insurer (the “Contract”). The Plan itself is financed by investment assets 
held within the Contract. Prior to December 31, 2019, the Contract guaranteed payment of vested benefits, regardless of whether 
Plan assets held through the Contract were ultimately sufficient to pay vested amounts, and also provided for payment of the 
indexation amount on a contingent basis if the actual return on Dutch plan assets were sufficient to pay it. This type of insurance 
arrangement is common in The Netherlands, although not necessarily common in other jurisdictions. After the plan curtailment 
on December 31, 2019, as discussed above, any shortfall in plan assets to pay vested benefits will be funded by the Company. 
The assets under the Dutch plan, including any indexation benefit, are identified as Level 3 assets under the fair value hierarchy. 

Under the express terms of the Contract, contract value is the greater of (i) the value of the discounted vested benefits of the 
Dutch plan and (ii) the fair value of the underlying investment assets held by the insurance company under the Contract. As 
between those two values, the former was the greater for 2020 and 2019 and this represents the plan assets as shown above for 
the Dutch plan. Because the Company will fund the cost to guarantee vested benefits, the Company has recorded a provision, 
which reduces the Dutch plan assets, that consists of the net present value of the expected future guarantee payments due to the 
insurance company pursuant to the Company’s guarantee. 

As explained above, the Contract also will pay the indexation benefit if sufficient assets are available, which the Company 
believes  not  to  be  probable  as  of  the  end  of  2020  based  on  recent  returns.  The  indexation  benefit  for  2020  and  2019  is  not 
significant. 

78 

  
  
   
 
     
 
     
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
The Company’s actual weighted average asset allocations for 2020 and 2019, and the targeted asset allocation for 2021, of 

the foreign defined benefit plans by asset category, are as follows: 

Asset Category 
Equity securities ..............................................................  
Debt and debt securities ..................................................  
Short-term investments ...................................................  
Other investments ...........................................................  

2021 
Target Allocation 
1%  — 
3% 
50%  —  60% 
2% 
1%  — 
35%  —  40% 
100% 

Fiscal Year 
2020 

  Percentage of Plan Assets at Year End 

2019 

3% 
60% 
—% 
37% 
100% 

3% 
61% 
1% 
35% 
100% 

The following table sets forth by level within the fair value hierarchy the foreign defined benefit plans’ assets at fair value, 
as of January 3, 2021 and December 29, 2019. The nora plan is currently unfunded. As required by accounting standards, assets 
are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. As noted above, 
the Dutch pension plan assets as represented by the insurance contract are classified as a Level 3 asset and included in the “Other” 
asset category. 

Level 1 ............................................................................   $ 
Level 2 ............................................................................  
Level 3 ............................................................................  
Total ................................................................................   $ 

Level 1 ............................................................................   $ 
Level 2 ............................................................................  
Level 3 ............................................................................  
Total ................................................................................   $ 

Pension Plan Assets by Category as of January 3, 2021 
UK Plan 
Dutch Plan 
(in thousands) 

Total 

—     $ 
—     
109,540     
109,540     $ 

70,904     $ 
95,004     
28,083     
193,991     $ 

70,904   
95,004   
137,623   
303,531   

Pension Plan Assets by Category as of December 29, 2019 
UK Plan 
Dutch Plan 
(in thousands) 

Total 

—     $ 
—     
92,294     
92,294     $ 

64,151     $ 
87,047     
22,958     
174,156     $ 

64,151   
87,047   
115,252   
266,450   

79 

  
 
 
    
   
    
      
      
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
       
       
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
    
       
       
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
The tables below detail the foreign defined benefit plans’ assets by asset allocation and fair value hierarchy: 

Asset Category 

Equity securities ..............................................................   $ 
Debt and debt securities ..................................................  
Short-term investments (1) ...............................................  
Other investments (2) .......................................................  

$ 

Asset Category 

Equity securities ..............................................................   $ 
Debt and debt securities ..................................................  
Short-term Investments (1) ...............................................  
Other Investments (2) .......................................................  

$ 

Level 1 

End of Fiscal Year 2020 
Level 2 
(in thousands) 

Level 3 

9,113     $ 
60,699     
1,092     
—     
70,904     $ 

—     $ 
95,004     
—     
—     
95,004     $ 

—   
25,927   
—   
111,696   
137,623   

Level 1 

End of Fiscal Year 2019 
Level 2 
(in thousands) 

Level 3 

8,143     $ 
54,686     
1,322     
—     
64,151     $ 

—     $ 
87,047     
—     
—     
87,047     $ 

—   
19,996   
—   
95,256   
115,252   

(1) Short-term investments are generally invested in interest-bearing accounts. 
(2) Other investments is comprised of insurance contracts. 

Assets identified as level 2 above pertain to corporate bonds and other debt securities. The fair values of these assets are 

calculated based on quoted market prices for similar assets. 

With the exception of the Dutch plan assets as discussed above, the assets identified as level 3 above in 2020 and 2019 relate 
to insured annuities and direct lending assets held by the UK Plan. The fair value of these assets was calculated using the present 
value of the future cash flows due under the insurance annuities and for the direct lending assets the value is based on the asset 
value  from  the  latest  available  valuation  with  adjustments  for  any  drawdowns  and  distribution  payments  made  between  the 
valuation date and the reporting date. The range of discount rates used in the fair value calculation of level 3 assets held by the 
Dutch plan and the UK Plan were 0.50% to 1.30% for 2020 and 1.0% to 2.10% for 2019. The weighted average discount rates 
were 0.52% and 1.02% for 2020 and 2019, respectively. These amounts are weighted based on the fair value of level 3 plan 
assets subject to fluctuations in the discount rate. Any changes in these variables will impact the fair value of level 3 assets. 

80 

  
  
    
       
       
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
   
  
  
  
    
       
       
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
The table below indicates the change in value related to these level 3 assets during 2020 and 2019: 

Balance of level 3 assets, beginning of year ........................................................   $ 
Actual return on plan assets (1) .............................................................................  
Purchases, sales and settlements, net ................................................................  
Assets transferred into level 3 ..........................................................................  
Translation adjustment .....................................................................................  
Balance of level 3 assets, end of year ..................................................................   $ 

Fiscal Year 

2020 

2019 

(in thousands) 

115,252     $ 
6,767     
437     
3,934     
11,233     
137,623     $ 

109,254   
5,463   
663   
2,101   
(2,229)  
115,252   

(1) Includes $10.1 million and $6.2 million for 2020 and 2019, respectively, of unrealized gains recognized during the period in 
other comprehensive income (loss) for assets held at year end. 

During 2021, the Company expects to contribute $5.2 million to the plans. It is anticipated that future benefit payments for 

the foreign defined benefit plans will be as follows: 

Fiscal Year 

Expected Payments 
(in thousands) 

2021 ...........................................................................................................................................................   $ 
2022 ...........................................................................................................................................................  
2023 ...........................................................................................................................................................  
2024 ...........................................................................................................................................................  
2025 ...........................................................................................................................................................  
2026-2030 ..................................................................................................................................................  

12,038   
12,097   
12,351   
12,595   
12,764   
66,169   

Domestic Defined Benefit Plan 

The Company maintains a domestic non-qualified salary continuation plan (“SCP”), which is designed to induce selected 
officers of the Company to remain in the employ of the Company by providing them with retirement, disability and death benefits 
in addition to those which they may receive under the Company’s other retirement plans and benefit programs. The SCP entitles 
participants to: (i) retirement benefits upon normal retirement at age 65 (or early retirement as early as age 55) after completing 
at least 15 years of service with the Company (unless otherwise provided in the SCP), payable for the remainder of their lives 
(or, if elected by a participant, a reduced benefit is payable for the remainder of the participant’s life and any surviving spouse’s 
life) and in no event less than 10 years under the death benefit feature; (ii) disability benefits payable for the period of any total 
disability; and (iii) death benefits payable to the designated beneficiary of the participant for a period of up to 10 years. Benefits 
are determined  according  to one of  three formulas  contained  in  the  SCP,  and  the  SCP  is  administered  by  the  Compensation 
Committee  of the  Company’s  Board of  Directors,  which has full discretion  in  choosing participants and  the benefit  formula 
applicable to each. The Company’s obligations under the SCP are currently unfunded (although the Company uses insurance 
instruments  to  hedge  its  exposure  thereunder).  The  Company  is  required  to  contribute  the  present  value  of  its  obligations 
thereunder to an irrevocable grantor trust in the event of a change in control as defined in the SCP. The Company uses a year-
end measurement date for the domestic SCP. 

81 

 
 
 
  
 
     
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
    
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
The  tables  presented  below  set  forth  the  required  disclosures  in  accordance  with  applicable  accounting  standards,  and 
amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements related to the domestic SCP. There is no service cost component of 
the change in benefit obligation in 2020 and 2019 as there are no longer any active participants in the plan. 

Change in benefit obligation: 

Benefit obligation, beginning of year ...............................................................   $ 
Interest cost ......................................................................................................  
Benefits paid ....................................................................................................  
Actuarial loss (gain) .........................................................................................  
Benefit obligation, end of year .........................................................................   $ 

The amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets are as follows: 

Current liabilities .................................................................................................   $ 
Non-current liabilities ..........................................................................................  
Total benefit obligation ........................................................................................   $ 

Fiscal Year 

2020 

2019 

(in thousands) 

31,740     $ 
938     
(2,030)    
3,186     
33,834     $ 

29,142   
1,154   
(2,030)  
3,474   
31,740   

End of Fiscal Year 

2020 

2019 

(in thousands) 
2,030     $ 
31,804     
33,834     $ 

2,030   
29,710   
31,740   

The components of the amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income, after tax, are as follows: 

Unrecognized actuarial loss .................................................................................   $ 

Fiscal Year 

2020 

2019 

(in thousands) 
11,031     $ 

9,139   

82 

  
  
    
       
 
  
  
 
  
  
    
  
  
 
 
    
       
 
 
  
 
  
   
  
 
 
    
       
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
The  accumulated  benefit  obligation  related  to  the  SCP  was  $33.8  million  and  $31.7  million  as  of  January 3,  2021  and 
December 29, 2019, respectively. The SCP is currently unfunded; as such, the benefit obligations disclosed are also the benefit 
obligations in excess of the plan assets. The Company uses insurance instruments to help limit its exposure under the SCP. 

2020 

Fiscal Year 
2019 
(in thousands, except for assumptions) 

2018 

Assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost: 

Discount rate .................................................................................  
Rate of compensation ...................................................................  

Assumptions used to determine benefit obligations: 

Discount rate .................................................................................  
Rate of compensation ...................................................................  

3.05  %   
—  

2.15  %   
—  

4.10  %   
—  

3.05  %   
—  

Components of net periodic benefit cost: 

Service cost ...................................................................................   $ 
Interest cost ...................................................................................  
Amortizations ...............................................................................  
Net periodic benefit cost ...............................................................   $ 

—  
938  
558  
1,496  

   $ 

   $ 

—  
1,154  
375  
1,529  

   $ 

   $ 

3.50  % 
—    

4.10  % 
—    

—  
1,082    
464    

1,546  

The changes in other comprehensive income during 2020 related to the SCP as a result of plan activity and valuation were 
approximately $1.9 million, after tax, primarily comprised of a net loss during the period of $2.3 million and amortization of loss 
of $0.4 million. 

During  2020,  the  Company  contributed  $2.0  million  in  the  form  of  direct  benefit  payments  for  its  domestic  SCP.  It  is 

anticipated that future benefit payments for the SCP will be as follows: 

Fiscal Year 

Expected Payments 
(in thousands) 

2021 ...........................................................................................................................................................   $ 
2022 ...........................................................................................................................................................  
2023 ...........................................................................................................................................................  
2024 ...........................................................................................................................................................  
2025 ...........................................................................................................................................................  
2026-2030 ..................................................................................................................................................  

2,030   
2,030   
2,030   
2,030   
2,030   
9,447   

NOTE 20 – ACQUISITION OF NORA 

On June 14, 2018, the Company entered into a share purchase and transfer agreement to acquire the issued and outstanding 
shares  of  nora,  nora’s  outstanding  third-party  debt,  and  receivables  related  to  nora’s  shareholder  loans.  Nora  is  the  holding 
company for a Germany-based manufacturer and multinational marketer of resilient floor coverings, including rubber flooring. 
In  connection  with  the  signing  of  the  nora  share  purchase  and  transfer  agreement,  the  Company  entered  into  a  derivative 
instrument to address the foreign currency risk associated with a portion of the nora purchase price. This option instrument did 
not qualify for hedge accounting, and the mark-to-market expense of $2.8 million to record the instrument at fair value at the end 
of  the  second  quarter  of  2018  was  recorded  in  other  expense  in  our  consolidated  statement  of  operations  during  the  second 
quarter. The option instrument had a notional value of €315 million (or approximately $364 million as of the end of the second 
quarter of 2018) and an initial maturity of 120 days. Upon completion of the nora acquisition as discussed below, the option 
instrument  was  terminated  and  the  Company  recognized  a  loss  of  approximately  $1.4  million  upon  termination,  which  was 
recorded in other expense in our consolidated statement of operations during the third quarter of 2018. 

83 

 
 
 
    
 
      
 
      
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
    
    
   
   
  
 
   
   
  
    
    
   
   
  
 
   
   
  
    
    
 
   
   
   
   
 
  
  
  
  
    
 
  
  
  
On August 7, 2018, the Company completed the acquisition of nora for a purchase price of €385.1 million, or $447.2 million 
at the exchange rate as of the transaction date, including acquired cash of €40.0 million ($46.5 million) for a net purchase price 
of €345.1 million ($400.7 million). 

Nora is an industry leader in the rubber flooring market, and this acquisition is expected to advance the Company’s growth 
strategy in expanding market segments, particularly in the healthcare, life sciences and education market segments. Similar to 
Interface, nora operates on an international footprint and the Company expects the acquisition will also allow for geographic 
sales synergies as well. 

The transaction was accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires, 
among other things, that assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recorded at their fair market values as of the acquisition date. 
The  results  of  operations  for  this  acquisition  have  been  consolidated  with  those  of  the  Company  from  the  acquisition  date 
forward.  Tangible assets and liabilities of nora were valued as of the acquisition date using a market analysis, and intangible 
assets  were  valued  using  a  discounted  cash  flow  analysis.  During  the  second  quarter  of  2019,  the  Company  recognized  a 
measurement  period  adjustment  to  adjust  provisional  amounts  initially  recorded  for  assumed  deferred  tax  liabilities.  This 
measurement period adjustment resulted in an increase to assumed deferred tax liabilities of $17.2 million and a corresponding 
increase to goodwill. The fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are now final and include all measurement 
period adjustments. 

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition 

date. These amounts were finalized during the second quarter 2019. 

Assets acquired (excluding goodwill) .............................................................................................   $ 
Liabilities assumed .........................................................................................................................  
Net assets acquired .........................................................................................................................  
Purchase price .................................................................................................................................  
Goodwill, excess of purchase price ................................................................................................   $ 

As of August 7, 2018 
(in thousands) 

359,335   
(114,049)  
245,286   
447,192   
201,906   

Acquired intangible assets of $103.3 million include $60.8 million of trademarks and tradenames that are not subject to 
amortization  and  will  instead  be  subject  to annual  impairment  testing,  or  more  frequent  testing  should  there be  a  significant 
change  in  business  conditions. The  remaining  intangible  assets  include  developed  technology  of  $39.1  million  that  will  be 
amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of 7 years and backlog of $3.4 million that will be amortized on 
a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of six months. The acquired inventory includes a step-up of inventory to fair 
value of approximately $26.6 million which will be recognized in earnings over the expected turns of the inventory.  This step-
up of inventory to fair value was fully amortized by the end of 2018.     

Recognized goodwill and intangible assets were assigned pro-rata to the Company’s three operating segments. None of the 
goodwill  is  expected  to  be  deductible  for  income  tax  purposes.  See  Note  12  entitled  “Goodwill  and  Intangible  Assets”  for 
additional information. 

The Company recognized $9.5 million of transaction costs related to the nora acquisition for 2018. Approximately $5.3 
million of these expenses are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations 
and $4.2 million are included in other expenses related to the derivative instrument the Company used to address the foreign 
currency risk associated with a portion of the nora purchase price. The Company also recognized $8.8 million of debt issuance 
costs in connection with the amended and restated Syndicated Credit Facility, which were recorded as a reduction of long-term 
debt in the consolidated balance sheet at year end 2018. 

84 

  
  
  
  
  
    
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
The following represents the pro forma consolidated statement of operations as if nora had been included in the consolidated 
results of the Company as of January 1, 2018. These are estimated for pro forma purposes only and do not necessarily reflect the 
results had nora been included as of the beginning of 2018. 

Revenue .....................................................................................................................................................   $ 
Net income .................................................................................................................................................  

Fiscal Year 
2018 
(in thousands) 

1,340,449   
96,909   

Pro forma net income for 2018 excludes any transaction related costs as these are non-recurring costs for the combined 

Company. 

NOTE 21 – SEGMENT INFORMATION 

The  Company  has  determined  that  it  has  three  operating  segments  –  namely,  the  Americas,  Europe  and  Asia-Pacific 
geographic regions. The Company has aggregated the three operating segments into one reporting segment because they have 
similar economic characteristics, and the operating segments are similar in all of the following areas: (a) the nature of the products 
and services; (b) the nature of the production processes; (c) the type or class of customer for their products and services; (d) the 
methods used to distribute their products or provide their services; and (e) the nature of the regulatory environment. Nora results 
are included in the figures since the date of acquisition, and are included in our operating segments based on the geographic split 
of the operations. 

During 2020, the Company changed the structure of its operating segments related to nora assets to align with where the 
assets are physically located. Certain nora assets that were previously reported within the Europe operating segment are now 
reported within the Americas and Asia-Pacific operating segments based on the geographical location of the assets. Total assets 
in the prior period presented have been revised to reflect this change. 

While the Company operates as one reporting segment for the reasons discussed, included below is selected information on 

our operating segments. 

Summary information by operating segment and reconciliations to the corresponding consolidated amounts follows: 

2020 

Net Sales 

Americas .........................................................................   $ 
Europe .............................................................................  
Asia-Pacific .....................................................................  

Total net sales ...................................................................   $ 

593,418    
351,287    
158,557    
1,103,262    

Depreciation and Amortization 

Americas .........................................................................   $ 
Europe .............................................................................  
Asia-Pacific .....................................................................  

Total segment depreciation and amortization ...................  
Corporate depreciation and amortization ..........................  

Reported depreciation and amortization ...........................   $ 

13,609    
18,678    
7,780    
40,067    
5,853    
45,920    

Fiscal Year 
2019 

(in thousands) 

757,112    
393,194    
192,723    
1,343,029    

12,917    
18,452    
8,302    
39,671    
5,261    
44,932    

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

2018 

682,261  
319,677  
177,635  

1,179,573  

13,732  
12,862  
8,567  

35,161  
3,923  

39,084  

85 

  
  
    
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
   
     
   
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets 
Americas.........................................................................................................  
Europe ............................................................................................................  
Asia-Pacific ....................................................................................................  
Total segment assets ........................................................................................  
Corporate assets ...............................................................................................  
Eliminations .....................................................................................................  
Total reported assets ........................................................................................  

   $ 

   $ 

End of Fiscal Year 

2020 

2019 

(in thousands) 

800,068      $ 
499,186      
183,109      
1,482,363      
111,073      
(287,425)     
1,306,011      $ 

769,301  
567,866  
210,142  
1,547,309  
141,942  
(266,202) 
1,423,049  

Total assets in the table above include operating lease right-of-use assets for fiscal years 2020 and 2019. Below is a summary 

of the operating lease right-of-use assets by operating segment and a reconciliation to the consolidated amounts: 

Operating Lease Right-of-Use Assets 

Americas .................................................................................................................   $ 
Europe .....................................................................................................................  
Asia-Pacific ............................................................................................................  
Total segment operating lease right-of-use assets ...................................................  

Corporate operating lease right-of-use assets .........................................................  
Total operating lease right-of-use assets .................................................................   $ 

End of Fiscal Year 

2020 

2019 

(in thousands) 
11,945     $ 
65,473     
8,792     
86,210     

11,803     
98,013     $ 

20,126   
66,038   
8,259   
94,423   

12,621   
107,044   

86 

 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
    
       
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
  
 
 
The  Company  has  a  large  and  diverse  customer  base,  which  includes  numerous  customers  located  in  foreign  countries. 
No single unaffiliated customer accounted for more than 10% of total sales in any year during the past three years. Sales to 
customers in foreign markets in 2020, 2019 and 2018 were approximately 51%, 49% and 49%, respectively, of total net sales. 
These sales were primarily to customers in Europe, Canada, Asia, Australia and Latin America. Other than the United States and 
Germany in 2020, and the United States in 2019 and 2018, no one country represented more than 10% of the Company’s net 
sales during the past three years. Revenue and long-lived assets related to operations in the United States and other countries are 
as follows: 

Sales to Unaffiliated Customers(1) 

2020 

Fiscal Year 
2019 
(in thousands) 

2018 

United States ..................................................................  
Germany ........................................................................  
Other foreign countries ..................................................  
Total net sales ................................................................  

  $ 

  $ 

545,183     $ 
115,402       
442,677       
1,103,262     $ 

681,868     $ 
117,418       
543,743       
1,343,029     $ 

600,093   
75,958   
503,522   
1,179,573   

Long-Lived Assets(2) 

United States ..................................................................  
Germany ........................................................................  
Netherlands ....................................................................  
Other foreign countries ..................................................  
Total long-lived assets ...................................................  

End of Fiscal Year 

2020 

2019 

(in thousands) 

      $ 

     $ 

163,983     $ 
79,294       
51,190       
64,569       
359,036     $ 

132,390   
76,448   
48,220   
67,527   
324,585   

(1)  Revenue attributed to geographic areas is based on the location of the customer. 
(2)  Long-lived assets attributed to geographic areas are based on the physical location of the asset. 2020 includes $1.8 million 
and $4.3 million of leased equipment in the United States and foreign countries, respectively. 2019 includes $0.6 million and 
$4.4 million of leased equipment in the United States and foreign countries, respectively. 

87 

 
  
 
 
 
   
   
 
  
 
 
    
    
  
       
         
         
  
  
    
  
   
 
    
  
   
   
 
  
    
  
   
 
    
    
        
    
        
    
        
   
  
 
 
 
NOTE 22 – QUARTERLY DATA AND SHARE INFORMATION (UNAUDITED) 

The following tables set forth, for the fiscal periods indicated, selected consolidated financial data and information regarding 
the market price per share of the Company’s Common Stock. The prices represent the reported high and low sale prices during 
the period presented. 

FISCAL YEAR 2020 

FIRST 
QUARTER(1) 

SECOND 
QUARTER(2) 

THIRD 
QUARTER(3) 

FOURTH 
QUARTER(4) 

Net sales ..................................................................   $ 
Gross profit .............................................................  
Net income (loss) ....................................................  

(in thousands, except per share data) 

288,169     $ 
114,311     
(102,167)    

259,504     $ 
97,294     
4,709     

278,642     $ 
102,162     
5,913     

Basic income (loss) per share .................................   $ 
Diluted income (loss) per share ..............................   $ 

(1.75)    $ 
(1.75)    $ 

0.08     $ 
0.08     $ 

0.10     $ 
0.10     $ 

276,947    
96,807    
19,616    

0.33    
0.33    

Share prices 

High......................................................................   $ 
Low ......................................................................   $ 

___________________________ 

17.57     $ 
5.06     $ 

11.04     $ 
6.77     $ 

8.94     $ 
5.88     $ 

10.53    
5.92    

(1)   Results for the first quarter of 2020 include purchase accounting amortization of $1.3 million, goodwill and intangible asset 
impairment  charge  of  $121.3 million,  impact  of  change  in  equity  award  forfeiture  accounting  of  $1.4 million,  and 
restructuring charges of $(1.1) million. 

(2)  Results for the second quarter of 2020 include purchase accounting amortization of $1.3 million, severance, lease exit and 

asset impairment charges of $8.8 million, and a warehouse fire loss of $4.2 million. 

(3)    Results  for  the  third  quarter  of  2020  include  purchase  accounting  amortization  of  $1.4 million,  severance  charges  and 

restructuring adjustments of $5.8 million, and an SEC fine of $5.0 million. 

(4)    Results  for  the  fourth  quarter  of  2020  include  purchase  accounting  amortization  of  $1.4 million,  severance,  lease  exit, 
restructuring adjustments and asset impairment charges of $3.2 million, loss on extinguishment of debt of $3.6 million, loss 
on discontinuance  of  interest  rate  swaps  of  $3.9 million, and recognition  of  income  tax  benefits  related  to  uncertain  tax 
positions taken in prior years of $12.7 million. 

88 

  
  
  
    
       
       
       
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
   
   
   
  
 
   
   
   
  
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
Net sales .............................................................   $ 
Gross profit(5) .....................................................  
Net income .........................................................  

297,688     $ 
116,522     
7,059     

FIRST 
QUARTER(1) 

FISCAL YEAR 2019 
THIRD 
QUARTER(3) 

SECOND 
QUARTER(2) 
(in thousands, except per share data) 
348,352     $ 
137,744     
26,210     

357,507     $ 
140,730     
29,499     

Basic income per share ......................................   $ 
Diluted income per share ...................................   $ 

0.12     $ 
0.12     $ 

0.50     $ 
0.50     $ 

0.45     $ 
0.45     $ 

FOURTH 
QUARTER(4) 

339,482  
137,971  
16,432  

0.28  
0.28  

Share prices 

High..................................................................   $ 
Low ..................................................................   $ 

___________________________ 

19.40     $ 
13.87     $ 

17.22     $ 
14.30     $ 

15.84     $ 
10.37     $ 

17.68  
13.32  

(1)  Results for the first quarter of 2019 include purchase accounting amortization of $1.9 million. 
(2)  Results for the second quarter of 2019 include purchase accounting amortization of $1.3 million. 
(3)  Results for the third quarter of 2019 include purchase accounting amortization of $1.3 million and restructuring and other 

charges of $0.7 million. 

(4)  Results for the fourth quarter of 2019 include purchase accounting amortization of $1.3 million and restructuring and other 

charges of $12.3 million.  

(5)  Gross  profit  reflects  certain  classification  and  presentation  changes  related  to  customer  service  and  other  costs. 
Reclassifications of previously reported cost of sales to conform to the current presentation were $1.1 million for the first 
quarter, $2.1 million for the second quarter, $2.0 million for the third quarter and $2.3 million for the fourth quarter. See 
Note 1 entitled “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” for additional information. 

NOTE 23 – ITEMS RECLASSIFIED FROM ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS 

Amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive loss (“AOCI”) to the consolidated statements of operations 

for the fiscal years 2020, 2019, and 2018, are reflected in the tables below:  

Statement of 
Operations Location 

2020 

Fiscal Year 

2019 
(in thousands) 

—     $ 
(7,287)    

(2,213)  
(9,500)    $ 

(450)    $ 
151     

(976)  
(1,275)    $ 

2018 

(468)  
890   

(1,831)  
(1,409)  

Foreign currency contracts loss .............................  
Interest rate swap contracts gain (loss) ..................  
Amortization of benefit plan prior service cost and 
net actuarial losses ..............................................  
Total loss reclassified from AOCI .........................    

Cost of sales 
Interest expense 

Other expense 

 $ 

  $ 

89 

  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
   
       
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Shareholders and Board of Directors  
Interface, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Atlanta, Georgia 

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Interface, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of January 
3, 2021 and December 29, 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows 
for each of the three years in the period ended January 3, 2021, and the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in 
the accompanying index (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated 
financial  statements  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of  the  Company  at  January  3,  2021  and 
December 29, 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 3, 
2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(“PCAOB”),  the  Company's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  January  3,  2021,  based  on  criteria  established  in 
Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission (“COSO”) and our report dated March 3, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

Basis for Opinion 

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an 
opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with 
the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws 
and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the 
audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement, 
whether due to error or fraud. 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, 
whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a 
test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included 
evaluating  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall 
presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Critical Audit Matter 

The  critical  audit  matter  communicated below  is  a  matter  arising  from  the  current period  audit  of  the  consolidated  financial 
statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (i) relates to accounts or 
disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or 
complex judgments. The communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated 
financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate 
opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates. 

Goodwill Impairment Assessment 

As  described  in  Notes  1  and  12  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company’s  consolidated  goodwill  balance  was 
$165.8 million as of January 3, 2021. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually as of the measurement date or more frequently 
if events or changes in circumstances indicate the asset might be impaired. During the first quarter of fiscal 2020, the Company 
concluded that a triggering event occurred for each of its reporting units due to the deterioration in the macroeconomic conditions 
related  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic.  As  a  result  of  the  first  quarter  quantitative  goodwill  impairment  testing,  the  Company 
recorded a goodwill impairment charge for the Europe and Asia-Pacific reporting units in the amounts of $99.2 million and $17.3 
million,  respectively.  During  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2020,  the  Company  performed  the  annual  impairment  test  for  all 
reporting units, and no impairment was recognized as a result of the assessment. The goodwill impairment test consists of a 

90 

  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
comparison of the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying value, including the goodwill allocated to the reporting units. If 
the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the Company will recognize an impairment loss equal to the amount 
of the excess, limited to the amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The Company estimates the fair value of its 
reporting units using a weighting of fair values derived from an income approach and a market approach.  

We  identified  the  estimate  of  the  fair  value  of  the  Europe  and  Asia-Pacific  reporting  units  during  the  goodwill  impairment 
assessments as of the interim testing date of April 5, 2020, and as of the annual measurement date, as a critical audit matter. The 
principal considerations for our determination are: (i) these reporting units had relatively lower excess fair value over book value 
and, therefore, the fair value estimates were sensitive to changes in the significant assumptions such as revenue, gross margin, 
earnings, terminal growth rate, and the discount rate included in the income approach, (ii) the greater than usual volatility and 
uncertainty underlying the market data used in the market approach due to market fluctuations during the COVID-19 pandemic, 
and  (iii)  the  audit  effort  involved  the  use  of  professionals  with  specialized  skill  and  knowledge.  These  assumptions  were 
especially challenging to test and required significant auditor judgment due to the inherent uncertainties related to the severity 
and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic. 

The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included: 

•        Testing the design and operating effectiveness of controls related to management’s forecasting process, including 
controls over management’s review of the data and significant assumptions utilized to determine fair value of the 
Company’s reporting units, including revenue, gross margin, and earnings.  

•        Evaluating the reasonableness of the significant assumptions used in management’s income approach analysis by 
comparing the forecasts of revenues, gross margins, and earnings to historical results and the Company’s projected 
budget, including the effect of COVID-19.  

•      Testing the reconciliation of the estimated fair value of the Company’s reporting units to the indicated market 

capitalization of the Company as a whole.  

•         Utilizing personnel with specialized knowledge and skill in valuation to assist in: (i) assessing the appropriateness 
and  relative  weighting  of  the  income  and  market  approaches,  (ii)  testing  the  mathematical  accuracy  of  the 
Company’s calculations, (iii) evaluating the reasonableness of the discount rate and terminal growth rate used in 
the income approach, (iv) assessing the reasonableness of certain market data used in the market approach, and 
(v) evaluating the reasonableness of the market capitalization reconciliation.  

We are uncertain as to the year we began serving consecutively as the auditor of the Company's financial statements; however, 
we are aware that we have been the Company's auditor consecutively since at least 1981. 

/s/ BDO USA, LLP 

Atlanta, Georgia 

March 3, 2021 

91 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Shareholders and Board of Directors  
Interface, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
Atlanta, Georgia 

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

We have audited Interface, Inc. and Subsidiaries’ (the “Company’s”) internal control over financial reporting as of January 3, 
2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the “COSO criteria”). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material 
respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of January 3, 2021, based on the COSO criteria.  

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(“PCAOB”),  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  the  Company  as  of  January  3,  2021  and  December  29,  2019,  the  related 
consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period 
ended January 3, 2021, and the related notes and schedule and our report dated March 3, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion 
thereon. 

Basis for Opinion 

The  Company’s  management  is  responsible  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  and  for  its 
assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  included  in  the  accompanying  Item  9A, 
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the 
PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the 
applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We  conducted  our  audit  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  PCAOB.  Those 
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over 
financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over 
financial  reporting,  assessing  the  risk  that  a  material  weakness  exists,  and  testing  and  evaluating  the  design  and  operating 
effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we 
considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that 
(1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions 
of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation 
of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the 
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide 
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s 
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Also, 
projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

/s/ BDO USA, LLP 

Atlanta, Georgia 

March 3, 2021 

92 

  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 

DISCLOSURE 

Not applicable. 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures. As of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, an evaluation 
was performed under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and 
our  principal  financial  officer,  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  design  and  operation  of  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  as 
defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(c) under the Act. Based on that 
evaluation,  our  principal  executive  officer  and  our  principal  financial  officer  concluded  that  our  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report. 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting. There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting 
that occurred during our last fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal 
control over financial reporting. 

Management’s  Annual  Report  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting.  The  management  of  the  Company  is 
responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) or 
15d-15(f)  promulgated  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934.  Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over 
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide 
only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. 

Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of January 3, 2021 based on 
the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in “Internal Control 
– Integrated Framework (2013).” Based on that assessment, management concluded that, as of January 3, 2021, our internal 
control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria. 

Our independent auditors have issued an audit report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. 

This report immediately precedes Item 9 of this Report. 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION 

None 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

PART III  

The information contained under the captions “Nomination and Election of Directors,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership 
Reporting Compliance” and “Meetings and Committees of the Board” in our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2021 Annual 
Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 
120 days after the end of our 2020 fiscal year, is incorporated herein by reference. Pursuant to Instruction 3 to Paragraph (b) of 
Item 401 of Regulation S-K, information relating to our executive officers is included in Item 1 of this Report. 

We have adopted the “Interface Code of Business Conduct and Ethics” (the “Code”) which applies to all of our employees, 
officers and directors, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. The Code may be viewed on our website 
at www.interface.com. Changes to the Code will be posted on our website. Any waiver of the Code for executive officers or 
directors may be made only by our Board of Directors and will be disclosed to the extent required by law or Nasdaq rules on our 
website or in a filing on Form 8-K. 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The information contained under the captions “Executive Compensation and Related Items,” “Compensation Discussion 
and  Analysis,”  “Compensation  Committee  Report,”  “Compensation  Committee  Interlocks  and  Insider  Participation,”  and 
“Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control” in our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2021 Annual Meeting of 

93 

 
  
 
  
  
   
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
Shareholders, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after 
the end of our 2020 fiscal year, is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 

RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The  information  contained  under  the  captions  “Principal  Shareholders  and  Management  Stock  Ownership”  and  “Equity 
Compensation Plan Information” in our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of our 2020 fiscal 
year, is incorporated herein by reference. 

For purposes of determining the aggregate market value of our voting and non-voting stock held by non-affiliates, shares 
held by our directors and executive officers have been excluded. The exclusion of such shares is not intended to, and shall not, 
constitute a determination as to which persons or entities may be “affiliates” as that term is defined under federal securities laws. 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 

The  information  contained  under  the  captions  “Certain  Relationships  and  Related  Transactions”  and  “Director 
Independence” in our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed with the Securities 
and  Exchange  Commission  pursuant  to  Regulation  14A  not  later  than  120  days  after  the  end  of  our  2020  fiscal  year,  is 
incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

The information contained under the captions “Audit and Non-Audit Fees” and “Policy on Audit Committee Pre-Approval 
of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services of Independent Auditors” in our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2021 Annual 
Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 
120 days after the end of our 2020 fiscal year, is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

1. Financial Statements  

PART IV 

The following consolidated financial statements and notes thereto of Interface, Inc. and subsidiaries and related Reports of 

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are contained in Item 8 of this Report: 

Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations  and  Comprehensive  Income  (Loss)  —  fiscal  years  ended  January 3,  2021, 

December 29, 2019 and December 30, 2018. 

Consolidated Balance Sheets — January 3, 2021 and December 29, 2019. 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — fiscal years ended January 3, 2021, December 29, 2019, and December 30, 2018. 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

2. Financial Statement Schedule 

The following consolidated financial statement schedule of Interface, Inc. and subsidiaries is included as part of this Report 

(see the pages immediately preceding the signatures in this Report). 

Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves 

94 

  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
   
 
3. Exhibits 

The following exhibits are filed or furnished with this Report: 

Exhibit 
Number 
3.1 

3.2 

4.1 

4.2 

4.3 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

Description of Exhibit 
Restated  Articles  of  Incorporation  and  accompanying  Clarification  Certificate  (included  as  Exhibit 3.1  to  the 
Company’s  quarterly  report  on  Form  10-Q  filed  on  May  10,  2012,  previously  filed  with  the  Commission  and 
incorporated herein by reference). 
Bylaws, as amended and restated February 22, 2017 (included as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s current report on 
Form 8-K filed on February 27, 2017, previously filed with the Commission and incorporated herein by reference). 
Description of the Company’s Securities (included as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for 
the year ended December 29, 2019, previously filed with the Commission and incorporated herein by reference). 
Indenture governing the Company’s 5.50% Senior Notes Due 2028, dated as of November 17, 2020 (included as 
Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on November 18, 2020, previously filed with the 
Commission and incorporated herein by reference). 
Form of 5.50% Senior Note Due 2028 (included as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed 
on November 18, 2020, previously filed with the Commission and incorporated herein by reference, and included in 
Exhibit 4.2 to this Report). 
Salary Continuation Plan, dated May 7, 1982 (included as Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s registration statement on 
Form S-1, File No. 2-82188, previously filed with the Commission and incorporated herein by reference).* 
Form of Salary Continuation Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2008 (as used for Daniel T. Hendrix) (included as 
Exhibit  99.5  to  the  Company’s  current  report  on  Form  8-K  filed  on  January  7,  2008,  previously  filed  with  the 
Commission and incorporated herein by reference).* 
Interface, Inc. Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan (as amended and restated effective February 18, 2015) (included as 
Exhibit  99.1  to  the  Company’s  current  report  on  Form  8-K  filed  on  May  20,  2015,  previously  filed  with  the 
Commission  and  incorporated  herein  by  reference);  Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Agreement,  as  used  for  executive 
officers (included as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 30, 
2007,  previously  filed  with  the  Commission  and  incorporated  herein  by  reference);  Form  of  Performance  Share 
Agreement  (included  as  Exhibit  99.1  to  the  Company’s  current  report  on  Form  8-K  filed  on  January  20,  2016, 
previously filed with the Commission and incorporated herein by reference); Form of Restricted Stock Agreement, 
as used for executive officers (included as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed on 
May 11, 2017, previously filed with the Commission and incorporated herein by reference); Form of Performance 
Share Agreement for executive officers (included as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q 
filed  on  May  11,  2017,  previously  filed  with  the  Commission  and  incorporated  herein  by  reference);  Form  of 
Restricted Stock Agreement, as used for directors (included as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s quarterly report on 
Form 10-Q filed on May 11, 2017, previously filed with the Commission and incorporated herein by reference); 
Form  of  2018  Restricted  Stock  Agreement  for  executive  officers  (included  as  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Company’s 
quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed on May 11, 2018, previously filed with the Commission and incorporated herein 
by reference); and Form of 2018 Performance Share Agreement for executive officers (included as Exhibit 10.2 to 
the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed on May 11, 2018, previously filed with the Commission and 
incorporated herein by reference).* 
Interface, Inc. Executive Bonus Plan, as amended October 28, 2015 (included as Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s 
current report on Form 8-K filed on October 28, 2015, previously filed with the Commission and incorporated herein 
by reference).* 

95 

  
  
   
    
 
 
 
 
10.5 

Interface, Inc. Nonqualified Savings Plan (as amended and restated effective January 1, 2002) (included as Exhibit 
10.4 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 30, 2001, previously filed with the 
Commission  and  incorporated  herein  by  reference);  First  Amendment  thereto,  dated  as  of  December  20,  2002 
(included as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 29, 2003, 
previously filed with the Commission and incorporated herein by reference); Second Amendment thereto, dated as 
of December 30, 2002 (included as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter 
ended June 29, 2003, previously filed with the Commission and incorporated herein by reference); Third Amendment 
thereto, dated as of May 8, 2003 (included as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 28, 2003 (the “2003 10-K”), previously filed with the Commission and incorporated herein 
by reference); and Fourth Amendment thereto, dated as of December 31, 2003 (included as Exhibit 10.7 to the 2003 
10-K, previously filed with the Commission and incorporated herein by reference).* 

10.10 

10.7 

10.9 

10.8 

10.6  Amended and Restated Employment and Change in Control Agreement of Jay D. Gould dated as of March 3, 2017 
(included as Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on April 14, 2017, previously filed 
with the Commission and incorporated herein by reference).* 
Form of Indemnity Agreement of Director (as used for directors of the Company) (included as Exhibit 99.1 to the 
Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on November 30, 2005, previously filed with the Commission and 
incorporated herein by reference).* 
Form of Indemnity Agreement of Officer (as used for certain current and former officers of the Company, including 
Daniel  T.  Hendrix,  Jay  D.  Gould,  David  B.  Foshee,  and  Matthew  J.  Miller)  (included  as  Exhibit  99.2  to  the 
Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on November 30, 2005, previously filed with the Commission and 
incorporated herein by reference).* 
Interface, Inc. Long-Term Care Insurance Plan and related Summary Plan Description (included as Exhibit 99.2 to 
the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on December 20, 2005, previously filed with the Commission and 
incorporated herein by reference).* 
Interface, Inc. Nonqualified Savings Plan II, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009 (included as Exhibit 
10.18 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 30, 2012 (the “2012 10-K”), 
previously  filed  with  the  Commission  and  incorporated  herein  by  reference;  First  Amendment  thereto,  dated 
February  26,  2009  (included  as  Exhibit  10.19  to  the  2012  10-K,  previously  filed  with  the  Commission  and 
incorporated herein by reference); Second Amendment thereto, dated December 9, 2009 (included as Exhibit 10.20 
to the 2012 10-K, previously filed with the Commission and incorporated herein by reference); Third Amendment 
thereto, dated April 15, 2010 (included as Exhibit 10.21 to the 2012 10-K, previously filed with the Commission and 
incorporated herein by reference); Fourth Amendment thereto, dated August 9, 2012 (included as Exhibit 10.22 to 
the  2012  10-K,  previously  filed  with  the  Commission  and  incorporated  herein  by  reference);  Sixth  Amendment 
thereto, dated March 30, 2020 (included as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on March 
31, 2020, previously filed with the Commission and incorporated herein by reference); Seventh Amendment thereto 
(included as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed on August 11, 2020, previously 
filed with the Commission and incorporated herein by reference); and Eighth Amendment thereto, dated November 
19,  2020  (included  as  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Company’s  current  report  on  Form  8-K  filed  on  November  24,  2020, 
previously filed with the Commission and incorporated herein by reference).* 

10.11  Second Amended and Restated Security and Pledge Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2018, among Interface, Inc., 
certain subsidiaries of the Company as obligors, and Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent (included as 
Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 29, 2019, previously filed 
with the Commission and incorporated herein by reference). 

10.12  Employment Offer Letter to Bruce A. Hausmann (included as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s quarterly report on 

Form 10-Q filed on May 11, 2018, previously filed with the Commission and incorporated herein by reference).* 

10.13  First Restatement Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2018, among Interface, Inc., certain subsidiaries of the Company 
as borrowers, certain subsidiaries of the Company as guarantors, Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent, 
and the other lenders party thereto (included as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on 
July 26, 2018, previously filed with the Commission and incorporated herein by reference). 

96 

 
 
 
10.14  First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Syndicated Facility Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2019 
(included as Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2019, previously filed 
with the Commission and incorporated herein by reference). 

10.15  Second Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Syndicated Facility Agreement dated as of July 15, 2020 
(included as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on July 16, 2020, previously filed with 
the Commission and incorporated herein by reference). 

10.16  Third Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Syndicated Facility Agreement, dated as of November 17, 2020 
(included as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on November 18, 2020, previously 
filed with the Commission and incorporated herein by reference). 
Interface, Inc. 2020 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan (included as Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s current report on 
Form 8-K filed on May 28, 2020, previously filed with the Commission and incorporated herein by reference).* 

10.17 

10.18  Contract of employment of Nigel Stansfield.* 
10.19  Form  of  Severance  Protection  and  Change  in  Control  Agreement  (as  used  for  David  B.  Foshee  and  Matthew  J. 

Miller).* 
Subsidiaries of the Company. 
Consent of BDO USA, LLP. 
Power of Attorney (see signature page of this Report). 

21 
23 
24 
31.1  Certification of Chief Executive Officer with respect to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal 

year ended January 3, 2021. 

31.2  Certification of Chief Financial Officer with respect to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal 

year ended January 3, 2021. 

32.1  Certification Pursuant to Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of United States Code by Chief Executive Officer 

with respect to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 3, 2021. 

32.2  Certification Pursuant to Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of United States Code by Chief Financial Officer 

with respect to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 3, 2021. 

101.INS  XBRL Instance Document – The Instance Document does not appear in the Interactive Data Files because its 

XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document. 

101.SCH  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.  
101.CAL  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document. 
101.LAB  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.  
101.PRE  XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document. 
101.DEF  XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase Document. 

104 

The  cover page  from  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K for  the  year  ended January 3,  2021, formatted  in Inline 
XBRL. 

*Management contract or compensatory plan or agreement required to be filed pursuant to Item 15(b) of this Report. 

97 

 
 
  
 
 
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY 

None. 

INTERFACE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

SCHEDULE II – VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES 

COLUMN A 
BALANCE, 
AT 
BEGINNING 
OF YEAR 

COLUMN B 
CHARGED 
TO 
COSTS AND 
EXPENSES 
(A) 

COLUMN C 
CHARGED 
TO 
OTHER 
ACCOUNTS 
(in thousands) 

  COLUMN D 
DEDUCTIONS 
(DESCRIBE) 
(B) 

  COLUMN E 
 BALANCE, 
AT 
END OF YEAR 

Allowance for Expected Credit 

Losses 
Year ended: 

January 3, 2021 ......................   $ 
December 29, 2019 ................  
December 30, 2018 ................  

_________________________ 

3,793     $ 
3,540     
3,493     

3,777     $ 
881     
1,848     

—     $ 
—     
—     

927     $ 
628     
1,801     

6,643    
3,793    
3,540    

(A)Includes changes in foreign currency exchange rates as well as the addition of the nora reserves since the acquisition date. 

(B)Write off of bad debt, and recovering of previously provided for amounts. 

COLUMN A 
BALANCE, 
AT 
BEGINNING 
OF YEAR 

COLUMN B 
CHARGED 
TO 
COSTS AND 
EXPENSES 
(A) 

COLUMN C 
CHARGED 
TO 
OTHER 
ACCOUNTS 
(B) 
(in thousands) 

  COLUMN D  
DEDUCTIONS 
(DESCRIBE) 
(C) 

COLUMN E  
BALANCE, AT 
END OF YEAR 

Restructuring Reserve 
Year ended: 

January 3, 2021 ......................   $ 
December 29, 2019 ................  
December 30, 2018 ................  

_________________________ 

11,445     $ 
11,907     
2,568     

(4,626)    $ 
7,944     
11,961     

—     $ 
49     
8,569     

5,755     $ 
8,357     
2,622     

1,064    
11,445    
11,907    

(A)Includes changes in foreign currency exchange rates as well as the nora reserves since the acquisition date. 

(B)Direct reduction of asset carrying value, not included in restructuring reserve. 

(C)Cash payments. 

98 

  
 
 
  
  
  
    
       
       
       
       
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
       
       
       
       
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
 
  
  
 
 
COLUMN A 
BALANCE, 
AT 
BEGINNING 
OF YEAR 

COLUMN B 
CHARGED 
TO 
COSTS AND 
EXPENSES 
(A) 

  COLUMN C 
CHARGED 
TO OTHER 
ACCOUNTS 

  COLUMN D 
DEDUCTIONS 
(DESCRIBE) 
(B) 

(in thousands) 

COLUMN E 
BALANCE, AT 
END OF YEAR 

Warranty and Sales 

Allowances Reserves 

Year ended: 

January 3, 2021 ....................   $ 
December 29, 2019 ..............  
December 30, 2018 ..............  

_________________________ 

3,853     $ 
3,495     
4,111     

1,062     $ 
1,519     
1,074     

—     $ 
—     
—     

1,667     $ 
1,161     
1,690     

3,248  
3,853  
3,495  

(A)Includes changes in foreign currency exchange rates as well as the nora reserves since the acquisition date. 

(B)Represents credits and costs applied against reserve and adjustments to reflect actual exposure. 

(All  other  Schedules  for  which  provision  is  made  in  the  applicable  accounting  requirements  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission  are  omitted  because  they  are  either  not  applicable  or  the  required  information  is  shown  in  the  Company’s 
consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.) 

99 

  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
SIGNATURES 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused 

this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

Date: March 3, 2021 

INTERFACE, INC. 

By: 

/s/  DANIEL T. HENDRIX                                   
Daniel T. Hendrix 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

POWER OF ATTORNEY 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints 
Daniel T. Hendrix as attorney-in-fact, with power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments 
to this Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact may do or cause to be done 
by virtue hereof. 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following 

persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

100 

  
  
   
    
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Signature 

Capacity 

Date 

/s/ DANIEL T. HENDRIX 
Daniel T. Hendrix 

/s/ BRUCE A. HAUSMANN 
Bruce A. Hausmann 

/s/ ROBERT PRIDGEN 
Robert Pridgen 

/s/ JOHN P. BURKE 
John P. Burke 

/s/ DWIGHT GIBSON 
Dwight Gibson 

President, Chief Executive Officer and 
Chairman of the Board and Director 

   March 3, 2021 

   Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

   March 3, 2021 

(Principal Financial Officer) 

  Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer    March 3, 2021 

(Principal Accounting Officer) 

   Director 

   Director 

   March 3, 2021 

   March 3, 2021 

   March 3, 2021 

   March 3, 2021 

   March 3, 2021 

   March 3, 2021 

   March 3, 2021 

/s/ CHRISTOPHER G. KENNEDY 
Christopher G. Kennedy 

   Director 

/s/ JOSEPH KEOUGH 
Joseph Keough 

/s/ CATHERINE M. KILBANE 
Catherine M. Kilbane 

/s/ DAVID KOHLER 
K. David Kohler 

/s/ SHERYL D. PALMER 
Sheryl D. Palmer 

   Director 

   Director 

   Director 

   Director 

101 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Dear Fellow Shareowners,

As I reflect on 2020 and l think about 2021, two words come to 

mind for Interface: resilience and optimism. We went into 2020 

prepared for growth, and despite the unimaginable challenges 

for all, we remained committed to our growth strategy and our 

purpose to Lead Industry to Love the World. I am proud and 

grateful for how our Interface team adapted. With their ingenuity, 

innovation, and connectivity with our customers, Interface is well 

positioned to win as global markets begin to rebound. 

We took swift action to protect our people’s health and safety in 

response to the pandemic. We moved our office-based workforce 

to remote work, with new tools for virtual collaboration. We 

implemented stringent protocols to protect our manufacturing 

teams, and kept production going to serve our customers. Our 

sales teams adapted, hosting virtual customer meetings. And, 

our product innovation team delivered the industry’s first carbon 

negative carpet tile products, when measured cradle-to-gate, as 

well as new collections across a broad range of price points to 

meet our evolving customer needs. 

In the second quarter of 2020, we made the difficult decision 

to align staffing levels and our cost structure with our revised 

revenue projections for the year. We reduced our annualized 

run-rate for SG&A expenses by $80 million compared to 2019 

levels, most of which will not return to our P&L in 2021. These 

changes protected our margins and cash flow even during 2020’s 

COVID-19 environment. While we had to reduce headcount in 

some areas, we kept our selling organization largely intact because 

they are a critical part of our unique value proposition. Finally, in the 

fourth quarter of 2020, we strengthened our capital structure and 

created future operating flexibility by completing a $300 million 

bond deal. These combined steps kept us on solid footing, and we 

will continue to right size the company based on market demand. 

Sustainability Momentum

Building on our Backings of the Future investment, we launched 

our first cradle-to-gate carbon negative carpet tiles in October 

2020 in the Americas, and have expanded our offerings to EAAA 

in 2021. This is truly a differentiated innovation earning us a 

U.S. patent, which further cements our competitive advantage in 

the marketplace. We continue to receive global recognition for 

our sustainability initiatives, earning the United Nations Climate 

Action Now Award, and being named one of Fast Company’s Most 

Innovative Companies. 

The built environment is responsible for nearly 40% of global 

carbon emissions, and many of our global end user customers 

have declared time-bound goals to reduce carbon emissions 

across their enterprises to address this critical problem. We already 

see increasing requests for our carbon neutral and cradle-to-gate 

carbon negative products, and Interface is positioned to capitalize 

on expanding environmental initiatives. These efforts are good for 

Interface, good for our customers, and good for the planet. 

Diversity, Equity and Inclusion (DEI)

Events in 2020 prompted a renewed and intentional focus 

on social justice. We established a global diversity, equity, and 

inclusion task force to develop our long-term strategy. We are 

seeking input from our employees to identify specific areas of 

opportunity, while engaging in dialogue and making sure that 

underrepresented voices are being heard. Our goal is to create a 

more diverse and inclusive company where every employee feels 

they belong and that they can thrive. 

The Office of the Future

The pandemic has changed office-based work, and most 

employees expect to split their time between the office and remote 

working environments in 2021 and after. We believe in the value of 

in-person connection and its influence on culture and innovation. 

The office’s purpose and configuration may change in favor of 

open, collaborative spaces intended to bring people together. 

We’re working with our clients as they reconfigure their spaces 

and we believe office demand could strengthen in the second half 

of 2021. We already see a return to the office in some countries 

across Asia and Europe, and as COVID-19 vaccines become more 

widely available, we believe this trend will follow in the Americas. 

Heading into 2021, we remain focused on our growth strategy and 

continue to make disciplined investments in initiatives to grow our 

A Look Ahead

top line: 

• Carpet tile growth: 

Building on the increasing demand for low carbon building 

products, we’re working with customers to make carbon 

specifiable. 

Through our backing innovations, we’re expanding our market 

opportunity for customers that prefer these new bio-based, non-

PVC and non-bitumen backings. 

We’re continuing to convert traditional broadloom customers to 

modular solutions in key markets globally. 

We’re also expanding our dealer discretionary business to 

efficiently deliver our products through this channel. We also see 

continued growth opportunities through our Services business in 

Finally, we’re investing in our FLOR catalog and online strategy to 

the Americas. 

drive growth in residential. 

• Resilient growth: 

We continue to expand our resilient flooring portfolio and 

anticipate growth of our LVT and rubber flooring market share.  

2020 turned out differently than anyone would have expected. I 

am humbled to have worked through its challenges with a talented 

team and grateful to the organization for embracing me upon my 

return to the business. Our senior leadership team stepped up 

to meet our business’s needs while supporting our employees, 

and our frontline manufacturing team members served as the 

true heroes of the pandemic, providing stability and reliability in 

uncertain times. I’m also grateful to the diverse expertise and 

support of our Board of Directors; they are pushing and inspiring 

Interface to make progress in every facet of our business. 

As we move through 2021, carbon negative products are a point 

of differentiation for us and I am optimistic about the return to the 

office with the continued rollout of vaccines. We have the right 

combination of a strong global culture, beautiful and innovative 

products, and leadership to help us win in the marketplace, and the 

ability to come out of the pandemic even stronger than before it 

started. I’m excited to see what the future holds for Interface.

As always, thank you for your continued support, trust, and 

investment in Interface. 

Daniel T. Hendrix

Board of Directors
Daniel T. Hendrix
Chairman of the Board and 
Chief Executive Officer
Interface, Inc.

John P. Burke
Chief Executive Officer
Trek Bicycle Corporation

Dwight Gibson
Chief Commercial Officer
SPX FLOW, Inc.

Christopher G. Kennedy
Chairman
Joseph P. Kennedy Enterprises, Inc.

Joseph Keough
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 
Wood Partners

Catherine M. Kilbane
Retired Senior Vice President  
and General Counsel
The Sherwin-Williams Company

K. David Kohler
President and Chief Executive Officer
Kohler Co.

Sheryl D. Palmer
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Taylor Morrison Home Corporation

Lead Independent Director

Executive Committee Member

Audit Committee Member

Compensation Committee Member

Nominating & Governance Committee Member

Executive Officers
Daniel T. Hendrix
President and  
Chief Executive Officer

David B. Foshee
Vice President, General Counsel  
and Secretary

Bruce A. Hausmann
Vice President and  
Chief Financial Officer

James Poppens
Vice President
(President - Americas)

Nigel W. Stansfield
Vice President
(President – Europe, Africa, Asia and Australia)

Shareholder Information
Form 10-K

A copy of the Company’s Annual Report on 
Form 10-K, filed each year with the Securities 
and Exchange Commission, may be obtained 
by shareholders without charge by writing to:

Mr. Bruce A. Hausmann
Chief Financial Officer
Interface, Inc.
1280 West Peachtree Street NW
Atlanta, Georgia 30309

Annual Meeting:

The annual meeting of shareholders will  
be at 11:00 am EDT on May 17, 2021 at:
Interface, Inc.
1280 West Peachtree Street NW
Atlanta, Georgia 30309

Transfer Agent and Dividend
Disbursing Agent:

Computershare
462 S. 4th Street, Suite 1600
Louisville, KY 40202
1.800.254.5196 (U.S. & Canada)
1.781.575.2879 (Foreign)

Number of shareholders of record
at March 19, 2021: 630 

Change of Address:

Please direct all changes of address  
or inquiries as to how your account  
is listed to:

Computershare
462 S. 4th Street, Suite 1600
Louisville, KY 40202
1.800.254.5196 (U.S. & Canada)
1.781.575.2879 (Foreign)

Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm:

BDO USA, LLP
Atlanta, Georgia

Principal Legal Counsel:

Kilpatrick Townsend & Stockton LLP
Atlanta, Georgia

Corporate Address:

Interface, Inc.
1280 West Peachtree Street NW
Atlanta, Georgia 30309
tel 770.437.6800
fax 770.319.6270
interface.com

Ticker Symbol:

TILE (Nasdaq)

Forward-Looking Statements:
This report contains statements which may constitute “forward-looking statements” under applicable securities laws, including statements regarding  
the intent, belief, or current expectations of Interface, Inc. (the “Company”) and members of its management team, as well as assumptions on which  
such statements are based. Any such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks and uncertainties, and 
actual results may differ materially from those contemplated by such forward-looking statements. Important factors currently known to management  
that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in forward-looking statements are set forth in Item 1A (“Risk Factors”) of the Company’s  
Annual Report on Form  10-K for the fiscal year ended January 3, 2021, and are hereby incorporated by reference. The Company undertakes no  
obligation  to  update  or  revise  forward-looking  statements  to  reflect  changed  assumptions,  the  occurrence  of  unanticipated  events  or  changes  to  
future operating results over time.

Interface® and nora® are registered trademarks of Interface, Inc. and its subsidiaries. Climate Take Back™ , Carbon Neutral Floors™ and Embodied Beauty™ 
are trademarks of Interface, Inc. and its subsidiaries. All rights are reserved.

 
AND HELP RESTORE THE HEALTH OF THE WORLD

2

0

2

0

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

2

0

2

0

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

1280 West Peachtree Street NW
Atlanta, GA 30309
interface.com

EMBODIED BEAUTY ™ COLLECTION